1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 113 * on this channel. 114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 115 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 116 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 117 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 118 * restrictions. 119 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 121 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 122 * not permitted using this channel 123 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 124 * not permitted using this channel 125 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 126 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 127 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 129 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 130 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 131 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 132 */ 133 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 146 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = BIT(14), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = BIT(15), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = BIT(16), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = BIT(17), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = BIT(18), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 158 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 159 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 160 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 161 }; 162 163 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 164 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 165 166 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 167 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 168 169 /** 170 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 171 * 172 * This structure describes a single channel for use 173 * with cfg80211. 174 * 175 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 176 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 177 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 178 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 179 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 180 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 181 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 182 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 183 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 184 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 185 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 186 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 187 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 188 * @orig_mag: internal use 189 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 190 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 191 * on this channel. 192 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 193 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 194 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 195 */ 196 struct ieee80211_channel { 197 enum nl80211_band band; 198 u32 center_freq; 199 u16 freq_offset; 200 u16 hw_value; 201 u32 flags; 202 int max_antenna_gain; 203 int max_power; 204 int max_reg_power; 205 bool beacon_found; 206 u32 orig_flags; 207 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 208 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 209 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 210 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 211 s8 psd; 212 }; 213 214 /** 215 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 216 * 217 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 218 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 219 * different bands/PHY modes. 220 * 221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 222 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 223 * with CCK rates. 224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 225 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 226 * core code when registering the wiphy. 227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 228 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 229 * core code when registering the wiphy. 230 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 231 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 232 * core code when registering the wiphy. 233 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 234 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 235 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 236 */ 237 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 238 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 239 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 240 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 242 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 243 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 244 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 245 }; 246 247 /** 248 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 249 * 250 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 251 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 252 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 253 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 254 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 255 */ 256 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 257 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 258 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 259 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 260 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 261 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 262 }; 263 264 /** 265 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 266 * 267 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 268 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 269 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 270 */ 271 enum ieee80211_privacy { 272 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 273 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 274 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 275 }; 276 277 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 278 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 279 280 /** 281 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 282 * 283 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 284 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 285 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 286 * passed around. 287 * 288 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 289 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 290 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 291 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 292 * short preamble is used 293 */ 294 struct ieee80211_rate { 295 u32 flags; 296 u16 bitrate; 297 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 298 }; 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 302 * 303 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 304 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 305 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 306 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 307 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 308 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 309 * members of the SRG 310 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 311 * used by members of the SRG 312 */ 313 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 314 bool enable; 315 u8 sr_ctrl; 316 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 317 u8 min_offset; 318 u8 max_offset; 319 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 320 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 321 }; 322 323 /** 324 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 325 * 326 * @color: the current color. 327 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 328 * @partial: define the AID equation. 329 */ 330 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 331 u8 color; 332 bool enabled; 333 bool partial; 334 }; 335 336 /** 337 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 338 * 339 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 340 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 341 * 342 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 343 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 344 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 345 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 346 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 347 */ 348 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 349 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 350 bool ht_supported; 351 u8 ampdu_factor; 352 u8 ampdu_density; 353 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 354 }; 355 356 /** 357 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 358 * 359 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 360 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 361 * 362 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 363 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 364 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 365 */ 366 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 367 bool vht_supported; 368 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 369 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 370 }; 371 372 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 373 374 /** 375 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 376 * 377 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 378 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 379 * 380 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 381 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 382 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 383 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 384 */ 385 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 386 bool has_he; 387 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 388 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 389 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 390 }; 391 392 /** 393 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 394 * 395 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 396 * and NSS Set field" 397 * 398 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 399 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 400 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 401 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 402 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 403 */ 404 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 405 union { 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 407 struct { 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 410 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 411 } __packed bw; 412 } __packed; 413 } __packed; 414 415 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 416 417 /** 418 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 419 * 420 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 421 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 422 * 423 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 424 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 425 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 426 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 427 */ 428 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 429 bool has_eht; 430 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 431 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 432 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 433 }; 434 435 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 436 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 437 /* 438 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 439 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 440 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 441 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 442 */ 443 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 444 #else 445 # define __iftd 446 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 447 448 /** 449 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 450 * 451 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 452 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 453 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 454 * 455 * @types_mask: interface types mask 456 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 457 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 458 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 459 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 460 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 461 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 462 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 463 */ 464 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 465 u16 types_mask; 466 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 467 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 468 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 469 struct { 470 const u8 *data; 471 unsigned int len; 472 } vendor_elems; 473 }; 474 475 /** 476 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 477 * 478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 480 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 482 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 483 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 484 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 485 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 486 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 487 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 488 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 489 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 490 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 491 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 492 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 493 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 494 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 495 */ 496 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 503 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 504 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 505 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 506 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 507 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 508 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 509 }; 510 511 /** 512 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 513 * 514 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 515 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 516 * 517 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 518 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 519 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 520 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 521 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 522 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 523 */ 524 struct ieee80211_edmg { 525 u8 channels; 526 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 527 }; 528 529 /** 530 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 531 * 532 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 533 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 534 * 535 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 536 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 537 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 538 */ 539 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 540 bool s1g; 541 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 542 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 543 }; 544 545 /** 546 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 547 * 548 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 549 * is able to operate in. 550 * 551 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 552 * in this band. 553 * @band: the band this structure represents 554 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 555 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 556 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 557 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 558 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 559 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 560 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 561 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 562 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 563 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) 564 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 565 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 566 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 567 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 568 * iftype_data). 569 */ 570 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 571 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 572 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 573 enum nl80211_band band; 574 int n_channels; 575 int n_bitrates; 576 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 577 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 578 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 579 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 580 u16 n_iftype_data; 581 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 582 }; 583 584 /** 585 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 586 * @sband: the sband to initialize 587 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 588 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 589 * 590 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 591 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 592 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 593 */ 594 static inline void 595 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 596 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 597 u16 n_iftd) 598 { 599 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 600 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 601 } 602 603 /** 604 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 605 * @sband: the sband to initialize 606 * @iftd: the iftype data array 607 */ 608 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 609 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 610 611 /** 612 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 613 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 614 * @i: iterator counter 615 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 616 */ 617 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 618 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 619 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 620 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 621 622 /** 623 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 624 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 625 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 626 * 627 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 628 */ 629 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 630 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 631 u8 iftype) 632 { 633 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 634 int i; 635 636 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 637 return NULL; 638 639 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 640 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 641 642 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 643 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 644 return data; 645 } 646 647 return NULL; 648 } 649 650 /** 651 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 652 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 653 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 654 * 655 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 656 */ 657 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 658 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 659 u8 iftype) 660 { 661 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 662 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 663 664 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 665 return &data->he_cap; 666 667 return NULL; 668 } 669 670 /** 671 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 672 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 673 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 674 * 675 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 676 */ 677 static inline __le16 678 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 679 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 680 { 681 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 682 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 683 684 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 685 return 0; 686 687 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 688 } 689 690 /** 691 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 692 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 693 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 694 * 695 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 696 */ 697 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 698 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 699 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 700 { 701 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 702 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 703 704 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 705 return &data->eht_cap; 706 707 return NULL; 708 } 709 710 /** 711 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 712 * 713 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 714 * 715 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 716 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 717 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 718 * 719 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 720 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 721 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 722 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 723 * without affecting other devices. 724 * 725 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 726 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 727 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 728 */ 729 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 730 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 731 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 732 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 733 { 734 } 735 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 736 737 738 /* 739 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 740 */ 741 742 /** 743 * DOC: Actions and configuration 744 * 745 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 746 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 747 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 748 * operations use are described separately. 749 * 750 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 751 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 752 * 753 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 754 * in a separate chapter. 755 */ 756 757 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 758 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 759 760 /** 761 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 762 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 763 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 764 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 765 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 766 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 767 * determine the address as needed. 768 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 769 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 770 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 771 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 772 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 773 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 774 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 775 */ 776 struct vif_params { 777 u32 flags; 778 int use_4addr; 779 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 780 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 781 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 782 }; 783 784 /** 785 * struct key_params - key information 786 * 787 * Information about a key 788 * 789 * @key: key material 790 * @key_len: length of key material 791 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 792 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 793 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 794 * length given by @seq_len. 795 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 796 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 797 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 798 */ 799 struct key_params { 800 const u8 *key; 801 const u8 *seq; 802 int key_len; 803 int seq_len; 804 u16 vlan_id; 805 u32 cipher; 806 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 807 }; 808 809 /** 810 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 811 * @chan: the (control) channel 812 * @width: channel width 813 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 814 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 815 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 816 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 817 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 818 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 819 * parameters are ignored. 820 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 821 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 822 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 823 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 824 */ 825 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 826 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 827 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 828 u32 center_freq1; 829 u32 center_freq2; 830 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 831 u16 freq1_offset; 832 u16 punctured; 833 }; 834 835 /* 836 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 837 */ 838 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 839 struct { 840 u32 legacy; 841 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 842 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 843 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 844 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 845 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 846 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 847 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 848 }; 849 850 851 /** 852 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 853 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 854 * of the peer. 855 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 856 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 857 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 858 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 859 * @retry_long: retry count value 860 * @retry_short: retry count value 861 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 862 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 863 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 864 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 865 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 866 */ 867 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 868 bool config_override; 869 u8 tids; 870 u64 mask; 871 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 872 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 873 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 874 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 875 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 876 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 877 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 878 }; 879 880 /** 881 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 882 * @peer: Station's MAC address 883 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 884 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 885 */ 886 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 887 const u8 *peer; 888 u32 n_tid_conf; 889 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 890 }; 891 892 /** 893 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 894 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 895 * @kek: FILS KEK 896 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 897 * @snonce: STA Nonce 898 * @anonce: AP Nonce 899 */ 900 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 901 const u8 *macaddr; 902 const u8 *kek; 903 u8 kek_len; 904 const u8 *snonce; 905 const u8 *anonce; 906 }; 907 908 /** 909 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 910 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 911 * addresses. 912 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 913 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 914 */ 915 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 916 const u8 *macaddr; 917 bool enable; 918 }; 919 920 /** 921 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 922 * @chandef: the channel definition 923 * 924 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 925 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 926 */ 927 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 928 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 929 { 930 switch (chandef->width) { 931 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 932 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 933 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 934 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 935 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 936 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 937 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 938 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 939 default: 940 WARN_ON(1); 941 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 942 } 943 } 944 945 /** 946 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 947 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 948 * @channel: the control channel 949 * @chantype: the channel type 950 * 951 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 952 */ 953 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 954 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 955 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 956 957 /** 958 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 959 * @chandef1: first channel definition 960 * @chandef2: second channel definition 961 * 962 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 963 * identical, %false otherwise. 964 */ 965 static inline bool 966 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 967 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 968 { 969 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 970 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 971 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 972 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 973 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 974 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured); 975 } 976 977 /** 978 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 979 * 980 * @chandef: the channel definition 981 * 982 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 983 */ 984 static inline bool 985 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 986 { 987 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 988 } 989 990 /** 991 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 992 * @chandef1: first channel definition 993 * @chandef2: second channel definition 994 * 995 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 996 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 997 */ 998 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 999 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1000 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1001 1002 /** 1003 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1004 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1005 * 1006 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1007 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1008 */ 1009 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1010 1011 /** 1012 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz 1013 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for 1014 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns 1015 * 80 for 80+80 configurations 1016 */ 1017 static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) 1018 { 1019 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); 1020 } 1021 1022 /** 1023 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1024 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1025 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1026 */ 1027 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1028 1029 /** 1030 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1032 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1033 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1034 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1035 */ 1036 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1037 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1038 u32 prohibited_flags); 1039 1040 /** 1041 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1042 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1043 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1044 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1045 * Returns: 1046 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1047 */ 1048 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1049 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1050 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1051 1052 /** 1053 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1054 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1055 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1056 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1057 * 1058 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1059 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1060 */ 1061 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1062 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1063 1064 /** 1065 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1066 * channel definition 1067 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1068 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1069 * 1070 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1071 */ 1072 unsigned int 1073 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1074 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1075 1076 /** 1077 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1078 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1079 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1080 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1081 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1082 * 1083 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1084 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1085 */ 1086 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1087 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1088 u16 *punctured); 1089 1090 /** 1091 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1092 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1093 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1094 * 1095 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1096 **/ 1097 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1098 1099 /** 1100 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1101 * 1102 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1103 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1104 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1105 * 1106 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1107 * 1108 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1109 */ 1110 static inline int 1111 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1112 { 1113 switch (chandef->width) { 1114 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1115 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1116 chandef->chan->max_power); 1117 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1118 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1119 chandef->chan->max_power); 1120 default: 1121 break; 1122 } 1123 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1124 } 1125 1126 /** 1127 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1128 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1129 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1130 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1131 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1132 * 1133 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1134 */ 1135 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1136 unsigned long band_mask, 1137 u32 prohibited_flags); 1138 1139 /** 1140 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1141 * 1142 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1143 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1144 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1145 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1146 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1147 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1148 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1149 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1150 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1151 * 1152 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1153 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1154 */ 1155 enum survey_info_flags { 1156 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1157 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1158 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1159 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1160 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1161 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1162 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1163 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1164 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1165 }; 1166 1167 /** 1168 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1169 * 1170 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1171 * record to report global statistics 1172 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1173 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1174 * optional 1175 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1176 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1177 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1178 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1179 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1180 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1181 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1182 * 1183 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1184 * 1185 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1186 * channel duty cycle etc. 1187 */ 1188 struct survey_info { 1189 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1190 u64 time; 1191 u64 time_busy; 1192 u64 time_ext_busy; 1193 u64 time_rx; 1194 u64 time_tx; 1195 u64 time_scan; 1196 u64 time_bss_rx; 1197 u32 filled; 1198 s8 noise; 1199 }; 1200 1201 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1202 1203 /** 1204 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1205 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1206 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1207 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1208 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1209 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1210 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1211 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1212 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1213 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1214 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1215 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1216 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1217 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1218 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1219 * protocol frames. 1220 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1221 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1222 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1223 * port for mac80211 1224 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1225 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1226 * offload) 1227 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1228 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1229 * 1230 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1231 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1232 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1233 * such a scenario. 1234 * 1235 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1236 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1237 * 1238 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1239 * Allow hash-to-element only 1240 * 1241 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1242 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1243 */ 1244 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1245 u32 wpa_versions; 1246 u32 cipher_group; 1247 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1248 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1249 int n_akm_suites; 1250 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1251 bool control_port; 1252 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1253 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1254 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1255 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1256 const u8 *psk; 1257 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1258 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1259 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1260 }; 1261 1262 /** 1263 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1264 * 1265 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1266 * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. 1267 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1268 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1269 */ 1270 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1271 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1272 u8 tx_link_id; 1273 u8 index; 1274 bool ema; 1275 }; 1276 1277 /** 1278 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1279 * 1280 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1281 * 1282 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1283 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1284 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1285 */ 1286 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1287 u8 cnt; 1288 struct { 1289 const u8 *data; 1290 size_t len; 1291 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1292 }; 1293 1294 /** 1295 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1296 * 1297 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1298 * 1299 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1300 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1301 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1302 */ 1303 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1304 u8 cnt; 1305 struct { 1306 const u8 *data; 1307 size_t len; 1308 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1309 }; 1310 1311 /** 1312 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1313 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1314 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1315 * or %NULL if not changed 1316 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1317 * or %NULL if not changed 1318 * @head_len: length of @head 1319 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1320 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1321 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1322 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1323 * frames or %NULL 1324 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1325 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1326 * Response frames or %NULL 1327 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1328 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1329 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1330 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1331 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1332 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1333 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1334 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1335 * (measurement type 8) 1336 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1337 * Token (measurement type 11) 1338 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1339 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1340 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1341 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1342 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1343 */ 1344 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1345 unsigned int link_id; 1346 1347 const u8 *head, *tail; 1348 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1349 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1350 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1351 const u8 *probe_resp; 1352 const u8 *lci; 1353 const u8 *civicloc; 1354 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1355 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1356 s8 ftm_responder; 1357 1358 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1359 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1360 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1361 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1362 size_t probe_resp_len; 1363 size_t lci_len; 1364 size_t civicloc_len; 1365 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1366 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1367 }; 1368 1369 struct mac_address { 1370 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1371 }; 1372 1373 /** 1374 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1375 * 1376 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1377 * entry specified by mac_addr 1378 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1379 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1380 */ 1381 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1382 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1383 int n_acl_entries; 1384 1385 /* Keep it last */ 1386 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1387 }; 1388 1389 /** 1390 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1391 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1392 * 1393 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1394 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1395 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1396 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1397 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1398 * frame headers. 1399 */ 1400 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1401 bool update; 1402 u32 min_interval; 1403 u32 max_interval; 1404 size_t tmpl_len; 1405 const u8 *tmpl; 1406 }; 1407 1408 /** 1409 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1410 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1411 * 1412 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1413 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1414 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1415 * scanning 1416 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1417 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1418 */ 1419 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1420 bool update; 1421 u32 interval; 1422 size_t tmpl_len; 1423 const u8 *tmpl; 1424 }; 1425 1426 /** 1427 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1428 * 1429 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1430 * 1431 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1432 * @beacon: beacon data 1433 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1434 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1435 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1436 * user space) 1437 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1438 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1439 * @crypto: crypto settings 1440 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1441 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1442 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1443 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1444 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1445 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1446 * MAC address based access control 1447 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1448 * networks. 1449 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1450 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1451 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1452 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1453 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1454 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1455 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1456 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1457 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1458 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1459 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1460 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1461 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1462 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1463 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1464 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1465 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1466 */ 1467 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1468 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1469 1470 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1471 1472 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1473 const u8 *ssid; 1474 size_t ssid_len; 1475 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1476 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1477 bool privacy; 1478 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1479 int inactivity_timeout; 1480 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1481 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1482 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1483 bool pbss; 1484 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1485 1486 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1487 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1488 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1489 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1490 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1491 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1492 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1493 bool twt_responder; 1494 u32 flags; 1495 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1496 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1497 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1498 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1499 }; 1500 1501 1502 /** 1503 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1504 * 1505 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1506 * 1507 * @beacon: beacon data 1508 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1509 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1510 */ 1511 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1512 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1513 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1514 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1515 }; 1516 1517 /** 1518 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1519 * 1520 * Used for channel switch 1521 * 1522 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1523 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1524 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1525 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1526 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1527 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1528 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1529 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1530 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1531 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1532 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1533 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1534 */ 1535 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1536 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1537 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1538 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1539 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1540 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1541 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1542 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1543 bool radar_required; 1544 bool block_tx; 1545 u8 count; 1546 u8 link_id; 1547 }; 1548 1549 /** 1550 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1551 * 1552 * Used for bss color change 1553 * 1554 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1555 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1556 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1557 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1558 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1559 * @color: the color used after the change 1560 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1561 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1562 */ 1563 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1564 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1565 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1566 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1567 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1568 u8 count; 1569 u8 color; 1570 u8 link_id; 1571 }; 1572 1573 /** 1574 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1575 * 1576 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1577 * 1578 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1579 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1580 * to use for verification 1581 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1582 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1583 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1584 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1585 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1586 * nl80211_iftype. 1587 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1588 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1589 * the verification 1590 */ 1591 struct iface_combination_params { 1592 int radio_idx; 1593 int num_different_channels; 1594 u8 radar_detect; 1595 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1596 u32 new_beacon_int; 1597 }; 1598 1599 /** 1600 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1601 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1602 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1603 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1604 * 1605 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1606 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1607 */ 1608 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1609 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1610 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1611 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1612 }; 1613 1614 /** 1615 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1616 * 1617 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1618 * 1619 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1620 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1621 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1622 * power per-interface or per-station. 1623 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1624 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1625 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1626 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1627 * per peer TPC. 1628 */ 1629 struct sta_txpwr { 1630 s16 power; 1631 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1632 }; 1633 1634 /** 1635 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1636 * 1637 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1638 * 1639 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1640 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1641 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1642 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1643 * (or NULL for no change) 1644 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1645 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1646 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1647 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1648 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1649 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1650 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1651 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1652 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1653 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1654 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1655 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1656 * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station 1657 */ 1658 struct link_station_parameters { 1659 const u8 *mld_mac; 1660 int link_id; 1661 const u8 *link_mac; 1662 const u8 *supported_rates; 1663 u8 supported_rates_len; 1664 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1665 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1666 u8 opmode_notif; 1667 bool opmode_notif_used; 1668 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1669 u8 he_capa_len; 1670 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1671 bool txpwr_set; 1672 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1673 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1674 u8 eht_capa_len; 1675 const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; 1676 }; 1677 1678 /** 1679 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1680 * 1681 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1682 * 1683 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1684 * @link_id: the link id 1685 */ 1686 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1687 const u8 *mld_mac; 1688 u32 link_id; 1689 }; 1690 1691 /** 1692 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1693 * 1694 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1695 * 1696 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1697 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1698 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1699 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1700 */ 1701 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1702 u16 dlink[8]; 1703 u16 ulink[8]; 1704 }; 1705 1706 /** 1707 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1708 * 1709 * Used to change and create a new station. 1710 * 1711 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1712 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1713 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1714 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1715 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1716 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1717 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1718 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1719 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1720 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1721 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1722 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1723 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1724 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1725 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1726 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1727 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1728 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1729 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1730 * to unknown) 1731 * @capability: station capability 1732 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1733 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1734 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1735 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1736 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1737 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1738 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1739 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1740 * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is 1741 * present/updated 1742 * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station 1743 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1744 */ 1745 struct station_parameters { 1746 struct net_device *vlan; 1747 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1748 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1749 int listen_interval; 1750 u16 aid; 1751 u16 vlan_id; 1752 u16 peer_aid; 1753 u8 plink_action; 1754 u8 plink_state; 1755 u8 uapsd_queues; 1756 u8 max_sp; 1757 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1758 u16 capability; 1759 const u8 *ext_capab; 1760 u8 ext_capab_len; 1761 const u8 *supported_channels; 1762 u8 supported_channels_len; 1763 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1764 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1765 int support_p2p_ps; 1766 u16 airtime_weight; 1767 bool eml_cap_present; 1768 u16 eml_cap; 1769 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1770 }; 1771 1772 /** 1773 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1774 * 1775 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1776 * 1777 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1778 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1779 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1780 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1781 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1782 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1783 * remove all stations. 1784 */ 1785 struct station_del_parameters { 1786 const u8 *mac; 1787 u8 subtype; 1788 u16 reason_code; 1789 int link_id; 1790 }; 1791 1792 /** 1793 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1794 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1795 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1796 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1797 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1798 * the AP MLME in the device 1799 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1800 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1801 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1802 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1803 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1804 * supported/used) 1805 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1806 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1807 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1808 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1809 */ 1810 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1811 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1812 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1813 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1814 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1815 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1816 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1817 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1818 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1819 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1820 }; 1821 1822 /** 1823 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1824 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1825 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1826 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1827 * 1828 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1829 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1830 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1831 * 1832 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1833 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1834 * use them before calling this. 1835 */ 1836 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1837 struct station_parameters *params, 1838 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1839 1840 /** 1841 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1842 * 1843 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1844 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1845 * 1846 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1847 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1848 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1849 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1850 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1851 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1852 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1853 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1854 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1855 */ 1856 enum rate_info_flags { 1857 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1858 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1859 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1860 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1861 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1862 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1863 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1864 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1865 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1866 }; 1867 1868 /** 1869 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1870 * 1871 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1872 * 1873 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1874 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1875 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1876 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1877 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1878 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1879 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1880 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1881 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1882 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1883 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1884 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1885 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1886 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1887 */ 1888 enum rate_info_bw { 1889 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1890 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1891 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1892 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1893 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1894 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1895 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1896 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1897 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1898 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1899 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1900 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1901 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1902 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1903 }; 1904 1905 /** 1906 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1907 * 1908 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1909 * 1910 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1911 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1912 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1913 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1914 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1915 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1916 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1917 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1918 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1919 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1920 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1921 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1922 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1923 */ 1924 struct rate_info { 1925 u16 flags; 1926 u16 legacy; 1927 u8 mcs; 1928 u8 nss; 1929 u8 bw; 1930 u8 he_gi; 1931 u8 he_dcm; 1932 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1933 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1934 u8 eht_gi; 1935 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1936 }; 1937 1938 /** 1939 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1940 * 1941 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1942 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1943 * 1944 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1945 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1946 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1947 */ 1948 enum bss_param_flags { 1949 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 1950 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 1951 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 1952 }; 1953 1954 /** 1955 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1956 * 1957 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1958 * 1959 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1960 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1961 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1962 */ 1963 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1964 u8 flags; 1965 u8 dtim_period; 1966 u16 beacon_interval; 1967 }; 1968 1969 /** 1970 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1971 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1972 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1973 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1974 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1975 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1976 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1977 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1978 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1979 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1980 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1981 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1982 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1983 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1984 */ 1985 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1986 u32 filled; 1987 u32 backlog_bytes; 1988 u32 backlog_packets; 1989 u32 flows; 1990 u32 drops; 1991 u32 ecn_marks; 1992 u32 overlimit; 1993 u32 overmemory; 1994 u32 collisions; 1995 u32 tx_bytes; 1996 u32 tx_packets; 1997 u32 max_flows; 1998 }; 1999 2000 /** 2001 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2002 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2003 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2004 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2005 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2006 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2007 * transmitted MSDUs 2008 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2009 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2010 */ 2011 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2012 u32 filled; 2013 u64 rx_msdu; 2014 u64 tx_msdu; 2015 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2016 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2017 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2018 }; 2019 2020 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2021 2022 /** 2023 * struct link_station_info - link station information 2024 * 2025 * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and 2026 * dump_station(). 2027 * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2028 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2029 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected 2030 * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) 2031 * in milliseconds 2032 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station 2033 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station 2034 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2035 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2036 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2037 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's 2038 * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ 2039 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2040 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2041 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2042 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station 2043 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station 2044 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station 2045 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2046 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station 2047 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2048 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2049 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2050 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2051 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2052 * towards this station. 2053 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2054 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2055 * from this peer 2056 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2057 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2058 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2059 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2060 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2061 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2062 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2063 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2064 * been sent. 2065 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2066 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2067 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2068 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2069 * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. 2070 */ 2071 struct link_station_info { 2072 u64 filled; 2073 u32 connected_time; 2074 u32 inactive_time; 2075 u64 assoc_at; 2076 u64 rx_bytes; 2077 u64 tx_bytes; 2078 s8 signal; 2079 s8 signal_avg; 2080 2081 u8 chains; 2082 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2083 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2084 2085 struct rate_info txrate; 2086 struct rate_info rxrate; 2087 u32 rx_packets; 2088 u32 tx_packets; 2089 u32 tx_retries; 2090 u32 tx_failed; 2091 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2092 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2093 2094 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2095 2096 u32 expected_throughput; 2097 2098 u64 tx_duration; 2099 u64 rx_duration; 2100 u64 rx_beacon; 2101 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2102 2103 u16 airtime_weight; 2104 2105 s8 ack_signal; 2106 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2107 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2108 2109 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2110 u32 fcs_err_count; 2111 2112 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2113 }; 2114 2115 /** 2116 * struct station_info - station information 2117 * 2118 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2119 * 2120 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2121 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2122 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2123 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2124 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2125 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2126 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2127 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2128 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2129 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2130 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2131 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2132 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2133 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2134 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2135 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2136 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2137 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2138 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2139 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2140 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2141 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2142 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2143 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2144 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2145 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2146 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2147 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2148 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2149 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2150 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2151 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2152 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2153 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2154 * @llid: mesh local link id 2155 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2156 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2157 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2158 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2159 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2160 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2161 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2162 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2163 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2164 * towards this station. 2165 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2166 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2167 * from this peer 2168 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2169 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2170 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2171 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2172 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2173 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2174 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2175 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2176 * been sent. 2177 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2178 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2179 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2180 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2181 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2182 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2183 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2184 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2185 * dump_station() callbacks. 2186 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2187 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2188 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2189 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2190 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2191 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2192 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2193 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2194 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2195 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2196 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2197 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2198 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2199 * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this 2200 * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), 2201 * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. 2202 * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific 2203 * information is accessed through links[link_id]. 2204 */ 2205 struct station_info { 2206 u64 filled; 2207 u32 connected_time; 2208 u32 inactive_time; 2209 u64 assoc_at; 2210 u64 rx_bytes; 2211 u64 tx_bytes; 2212 s8 signal; 2213 s8 signal_avg; 2214 2215 u8 chains; 2216 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2217 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2218 2219 struct rate_info txrate; 2220 struct rate_info rxrate; 2221 u32 rx_packets; 2222 u32 tx_packets; 2223 u32 tx_retries; 2224 u32 tx_failed; 2225 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2226 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2227 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2228 2229 int generation; 2230 2231 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2232 2233 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2234 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2235 2236 s64 t_offset; 2237 u16 llid; 2238 u16 plid; 2239 u8 plink_state; 2240 u8 connected_to_gate; 2241 u8 connected_to_as; 2242 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2243 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2244 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2245 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2246 2247 u32 expected_throughput; 2248 2249 u16 airtime_weight; 2250 2251 s8 ack_signal; 2252 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2253 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2254 2255 u64 tx_duration; 2256 u64 rx_duration; 2257 u64 rx_beacon; 2258 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2259 2260 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2261 u32 fcs_err_count; 2262 2263 bool mlo_params_valid; 2264 u8 assoc_link_id; 2265 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2266 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2267 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2268 2269 u16 valid_links; 2270 struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2271 }; 2272 2273 /** 2274 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2275 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2276 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2277 */ 2278 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2279 s32 power; 2280 u32 freq_range_index; 2281 }; 2282 2283 /** 2284 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2285 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2286 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2287 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2288 */ 2289 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2290 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2291 u32 num_sub_specs; 2292 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2293 }; 2294 2295 2296 /** 2297 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2298 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2299 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2300 */ 2301 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2302 u32 start_freq; 2303 u32 end_freq; 2304 }; 2305 2306 /** 2307 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2308 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2309 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2310 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2311 * 2312 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2313 * range to small ones and then append them. 2314 */ 2315 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2316 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2317 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2318 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2319 }; 2320 2321 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2322 /** 2323 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2324 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2325 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2326 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2327 * 2328 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2329 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2330 * considered undefined. 2331 */ 2332 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2333 struct station_info *sinfo); 2334 #else 2335 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2336 const u8 *mac_addr, 2337 struct station_info *sinfo) 2338 { 2339 return -ENOENT; 2340 } 2341 #endif 2342 2343 /** 2344 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2345 * 2346 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2347 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2348 * 2349 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2350 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2351 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2352 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2353 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2354 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2355 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2356 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2357 */ 2358 enum monitor_flags { 2359 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2360 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2361 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2362 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2363 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2364 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2365 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2366 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2367 }; 2368 2369 /** 2370 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2371 * 2372 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2373 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2374 * 2375 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2376 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2377 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2378 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2379 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2380 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2381 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2382 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2383 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2384 */ 2385 enum mpath_info_flags { 2386 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2387 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2388 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2389 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2390 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2391 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2392 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2393 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2394 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2395 }; 2396 2397 /** 2398 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2399 * 2400 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2401 * 2402 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2403 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2404 * @sn: target sequence number 2405 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2406 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2407 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2408 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2409 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2410 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2411 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2412 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2413 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2414 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2415 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2416 */ 2417 struct mpath_info { 2418 u32 filled; 2419 u32 frame_qlen; 2420 u32 sn; 2421 u32 metric; 2422 u32 exptime; 2423 u32 discovery_timeout; 2424 u8 discovery_retries; 2425 u8 flags; 2426 u8 hop_count; 2427 u32 path_change_count; 2428 2429 int generation; 2430 }; 2431 2432 /** 2433 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2434 * 2435 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2436 * 2437 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2438 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2439 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2440 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2441 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2442 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2443 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2444 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2445 * (or NULL for no change) 2446 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2447 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2448 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2449 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2450 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2451 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2452 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2453 */ 2454 struct bss_parameters { 2455 int link_id; 2456 int use_cts_prot; 2457 int use_short_preamble; 2458 int use_short_slot_time; 2459 const u8 *basic_rates; 2460 u8 basic_rates_len; 2461 int ap_isolate; 2462 int ht_opmode; 2463 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2464 }; 2465 2466 /** 2467 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2468 * 2469 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2470 * 2471 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2472 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2473 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2474 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2475 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2476 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2477 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2478 * mesh interface 2479 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2480 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2481 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2482 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2483 * elements 2484 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2485 * detect compatible mesh peers 2486 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2487 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2488 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2489 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2490 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2491 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2492 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2493 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2494 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2495 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2496 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2497 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2498 * element 2499 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2500 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2501 * element 2502 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2503 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2504 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2505 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2506 * announcements are transmitted 2507 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2508 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2509 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2510 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2511 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2512 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2513 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2514 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2515 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2516 * station to establish a peer link 2517 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2518 * 2519 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2520 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2521 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2522 * 2523 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2524 * PREQs are transmitted. 2525 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2526 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2527 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2528 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2529 * setting for new peer links. 2530 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2531 * after transmitting its beacon. 2532 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2533 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2534 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2535 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2536 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2537 * in the mesh formation field. 2538 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2539 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2540 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2541 * in the mesh path table 2542 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2543 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2544 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2545 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2546 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2547 */ 2548 struct mesh_config { 2549 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2550 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2551 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2552 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2553 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2554 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2555 u8 element_ttl; 2556 bool auto_open_plinks; 2557 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2558 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2559 u32 path_refresh_time; 2560 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2561 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2562 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2563 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2564 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2565 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2566 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2567 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2568 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2569 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2570 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2571 s32 rssi_threshold; 2572 u16 ht_opmode; 2573 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2574 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2575 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2576 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2577 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2578 u32 plink_timeout; 2579 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2580 }; 2581 2582 /** 2583 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2584 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2585 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2586 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2587 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2588 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2589 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2590 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2591 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2592 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2593 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2594 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2595 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2596 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2597 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2598 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2599 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2600 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2601 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2602 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2603 * to operate on DFS channels. 2604 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2605 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2606 * 2607 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2608 */ 2609 struct mesh_setup { 2610 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2611 const u8 *mesh_id; 2612 u8 mesh_id_len; 2613 u8 sync_method; 2614 u8 path_sel_proto; 2615 u8 path_metric; 2616 u8 auth_id; 2617 const u8 *ie; 2618 u8 ie_len; 2619 bool is_authenticated; 2620 bool is_secure; 2621 bool user_mpm; 2622 u8 dtim_period; 2623 u16 beacon_interval; 2624 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2625 u32 basic_rates; 2626 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2627 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2628 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2629 }; 2630 2631 /** 2632 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2633 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2634 * 2635 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2636 */ 2637 struct ocb_setup { 2638 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2639 }; 2640 2641 /** 2642 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2643 * @ac: AC identifier 2644 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2645 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2646 * 1..32767] 2647 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2648 * 1..32767] 2649 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2650 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2651 */ 2652 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2653 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2654 u16 txop; 2655 u16 cwmin; 2656 u16 cwmax; 2657 u8 aifs; 2658 int link_id; 2659 }; 2660 2661 /** 2662 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2663 * 2664 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2665 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2666 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2667 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2668 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2669 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2670 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2671 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2672 * in the wiphy structure. 2673 * 2674 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2675 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2676 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2677 * 2678 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2679 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2680 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2681 * to userspace. 2682 */ 2683 2684 /** 2685 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2686 * @ssid: the SSID 2687 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2688 */ 2689 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2690 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2691 u8 ssid_len; 2692 }; 2693 2694 /** 2695 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2696 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2697 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2698 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2699 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2700 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2701 * userspace will be notified of that 2702 */ 2703 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2704 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2705 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2706 bool aborted; 2707 }; 2708 2709 /** 2710 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2711 * 2712 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2713 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2714 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2715 * which the above info is relevant to 2716 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2717 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2718 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2719 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2720 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2721 */ 2722 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2723 u32 short_ssid; 2724 u32 channel_idx; 2725 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2726 bool unsolicited_probe; 2727 bool short_ssid_valid; 2728 bool psc_no_listen; 2729 s8 psd_20; 2730 }; 2731 2732 /** 2733 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2734 * 2735 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2736 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2737 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2738 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2739 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2740 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2741 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2742 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2743 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2744 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2745 * %duration field. 2746 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2747 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2748 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2749 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2750 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2751 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2752 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2753 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2754 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2755 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2756 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2757 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2758 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2759 * true if this is the second scan request 2760 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2761 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2762 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2763 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2764 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2765 */ 2766 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2767 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2768 int n_ssids; 2769 u32 n_channels; 2770 const u8 *ie; 2771 size_t ie_len; 2772 u16 duration; 2773 bool duration_mandatory; 2774 u32 flags; 2775 2776 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2777 2778 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2779 2780 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2781 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2782 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2783 2784 /* internal */ 2785 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2786 unsigned long scan_start; 2787 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2788 bool notified; 2789 bool no_cck; 2790 bool scan_6ghz; 2791 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2792 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2793 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2794 2795 /* keep last */ 2796 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2797 }; 2798 2799 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2800 { 2801 int i; 2802 2803 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2804 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2805 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2806 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2807 } 2808 } 2809 2810 /** 2811 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2812 * 2813 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2814 * or no match (RSSI only) 2815 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2816 * or no match (RSSI only) 2817 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2818 */ 2819 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2820 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2821 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2822 s32 rssi_thold; 2823 }; 2824 2825 /** 2826 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2827 * 2828 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2829 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2830 * infinite loop. 2831 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2832 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2833 */ 2834 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2835 u32 interval; 2836 u32 iterations; 2837 }; 2838 2839 /** 2840 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2841 * 2842 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2843 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2844 */ 2845 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2846 enum nl80211_band band; 2847 s8 delta; 2848 }; 2849 2850 /** 2851 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2852 * 2853 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2854 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2855 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2856 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2857 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2858 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2859 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2860 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2861 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2862 * (others are filtered out). 2863 * If omitted, all results are passed. 2864 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2865 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2866 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2867 * @dev: the interface 2868 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2869 * @channels: channels to scan 2870 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2871 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2872 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2873 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2874 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2875 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2876 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2877 * index must be executed first. 2878 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2879 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2880 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2881 * owned by a particular socket) 2882 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2883 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2884 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2885 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2886 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2887 * supported. 2888 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2889 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2890 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2891 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2892 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2893 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2894 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2895 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2896 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2897 * comparisons. 2898 */ 2899 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2900 u64 reqid; 2901 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2902 int n_ssids; 2903 u32 n_channels; 2904 const u8 *ie; 2905 size_t ie_len; 2906 u32 flags; 2907 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2908 int n_match_sets; 2909 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2910 u32 delay; 2911 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2912 int n_scan_plans; 2913 2914 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2915 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2916 2917 bool relative_rssi_set; 2918 s8 relative_rssi; 2919 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2920 2921 /* internal */ 2922 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2923 struct net_device *dev; 2924 unsigned long scan_start; 2925 bool report_results; 2926 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2927 u32 owner_nlportid; 2928 bool nl_owner_dead; 2929 struct list_head list; 2930 2931 /* keep last */ 2932 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2933 }; 2934 2935 /** 2936 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2937 * 2938 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2939 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2940 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2941 */ 2942 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2943 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2944 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2945 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2946 }; 2947 2948 /** 2949 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2950 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2951 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2952 * signal type 2953 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2954 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2955 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2956 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2957 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2958 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2959 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2960 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2961 * by %parent_bssid. 2962 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2963 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2964 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2965 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2966 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 2967 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 2968 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2969 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2970 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2971 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2972 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2973 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2974 */ 2975 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2976 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2977 s32 signal; 2978 u64 boottime_ns; 2979 u64 parent_tsf; 2980 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2981 u8 chains; 2982 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2983 2984 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 2985 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 2986 2987 void *drv_data; 2988 }; 2989 2990 /** 2991 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2992 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2993 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2994 * @len: length of the IEs 2995 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2996 * @data: IE data 2997 */ 2998 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2999 u64 tsf; 3000 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3001 int len; 3002 bool from_beacon; 3003 u8 data[]; 3004 }; 3005 3006 /** 3007 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 3008 * 3009 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 3010 * for use in scan results and similar. 3011 * 3012 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 3013 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 3014 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 3015 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 3016 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 3017 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 3018 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 3019 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 3020 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 3021 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 3022 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 3023 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 3024 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 3025 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 3026 * cannot rely on it having valid data 3027 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 3028 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 3029 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 3030 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 3031 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 3032 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 3033 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 3034 * (multi-BSSID support) 3035 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 3036 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 3037 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3038 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3039 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 3040 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 3041 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3042 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3043 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3044 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3045 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3046 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 3047 */ 3048 struct cfg80211_bss { 3049 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3050 3051 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 3052 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 3053 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 3054 3055 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 3056 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 3057 struct list_head nontrans_list; 3058 3059 s32 signal; 3060 3061 u64 ts_boottime; 3062 3063 u16 beacon_interval; 3064 u16 capability; 3065 3066 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3067 u8 chains; 3068 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3069 3070 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 3071 3072 u8 bssid_index; 3073 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 3074 3075 u8 use_for; 3076 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3077 3078 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 3079 }; 3080 3081 /** 3082 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 3083 * @bss: the bss to search 3084 * @id: the element ID 3085 * 3086 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3087 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3088 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3089 */ 3090 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3091 3092 /** 3093 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3094 * @bss: the bss to search 3095 * @id: the element ID 3096 * 3097 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3098 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3099 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3100 */ 3101 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3102 { 3103 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3104 } 3105 3106 3107 /** 3108 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3109 * 3110 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3111 * authentication. 3112 * 3113 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3114 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3115 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3116 * supported by the station. 3117 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3118 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3119 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3120 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3121 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3122 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3123 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3124 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3125 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3126 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3127 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3128 * transaction sequence number field. 3129 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3130 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3131 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3132 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3133 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3134 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3135 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3136 */ 3137 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3138 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3139 const u8 *ie; 3140 size_t ie_len; 3141 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3142 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3143 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3144 const u8 *key; 3145 u8 key_len; 3146 s8 key_idx; 3147 const u8 *auth_data; 3148 size_t auth_data_len; 3149 s8 link_id; 3150 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3151 }; 3152 3153 /** 3154 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3155 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3156 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3157 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3158 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3159 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 3160 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 3161 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3162 * operation as a whole must fail. 3163 */ 3164 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3165 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3166 const u8 *elems; 3167 size_t elems_len; 3168 bool disabled; 3169 int error; 3170 }; 3171 3172 /** 3173 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3174 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3175 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3176 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3177 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3178 */ 3179 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3180 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3181 u16 rem_links; 3182 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3183 }; 3184 3185 /** 3186 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3187 * 3188 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3189 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3190 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3191 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3192 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3193 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3194 * request (connect callback). 3195 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3196 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3197 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3198 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3199 * flag is not set. 3200 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3201 */ 3202 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3203 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3204 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3205 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3206 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3207 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3208 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3209 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3210 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3211 }; 3212 3213 /** 3214 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3215 * 3216 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3217 * (re)association. 3218 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3219 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3220 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3221 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3222 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3223 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3224 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3225 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3226 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3227 * @crypto: crypto settings 3228 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3229 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3230 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3231 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3232 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3233 * frame. 3234 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3235 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3236 * (or %NULL for no change). 3237 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3238 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3239 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3240 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3241 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3242 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3243 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3244 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3245 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3246 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3247 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3248 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3249 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3250 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3251 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3252 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3253 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3254 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3255 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3256 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3257 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3258 * userspace for the association 3259 */ 3260 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3261 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3262 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3263 size_t ie_len; 3264 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3265 bool use_mfp; 3266 u32 flags; 3267 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3268 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3269 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3270 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3271 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3272 const u8 *fils_kek; 3273 size_t fils_kek_len; 3274 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3275 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3276 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3277 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3278 s8 link_id; 3279 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3280 }; 3281 3282 /** 3283 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3284 * 3285 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3286 * deauthentication. 3287 * 3288 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3289 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3290 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3291 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3292 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3293 * do not set a deauth frame 3294 */ 3295 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3296 const u8 *bssid; 3297 const u8 *ie; 3298 size_t ie_len; 3299 u16 reason_code; 3300 bool local_state_change; 3301 }; 3302 3303 /** 3304 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3305 * 3306 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3307 * disassociation. 3308 * 3309 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3310 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3311 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3312 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3313 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3314 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3315 */ 3316 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3317 const u8 *ap_addr; 3318 const u8 *ie; 3319 size_t ie_len; 3320 u16 reason_code; 3321 bool local_state_change; 3322 }; 3323 3324 /** 3325 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3326 * 3327 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3328 * method. 3329 * 3330 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3331 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3332 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3333 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3334 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3335 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3336 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3337 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3338 * @ie_len: length of that 3339 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3340 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3341 * after joining 3342 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3343 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3344 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3345 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3346 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3347 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3348 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3349 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3350 * to operate on DFS channels. 3351 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3352 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3353 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3354 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3355 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3356 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3357 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3358 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3359 */ 3360 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3361 const u8 *ssid; 3362 const u8 *bssid; 3363 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3364 const u8 *ie; 3365 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3366 u16 beacon_interval; 3367 u32 basic_rates; 3368 bool channel_fixed; 3369 bool privacy; 3370 bool control_port; 3371 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3372 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3373 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3374 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3375 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3376 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3377 int wep_tx_key; 3378 }; 3379 3380 /** 3381 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3382 * 3383 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3384 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3385 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3386 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3387 */ 3388 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3389 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3390 union { 3391 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3392 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3393 } param; 3394 }; 3395 3396 /** 3397 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3398 * 3399 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3400 * authentication and association. 3401 * 3402 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3403 * on scan results) 3404 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3405 * %NULL if not specified 3406 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3407 * results) 3408 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3409 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3410 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3411 * to use. 3412 * @ssid: SSID 3413 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3414 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3415 * @ie: IEs for association request 3416 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3417 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3418 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3419 * @crypto: crypto settings 3420 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3421 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3422 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3423 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3424 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3425 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3426 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3427 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3428 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3429 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3430 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3431 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3432 * networks. 3433 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3434 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3435 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3436 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3437 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3438 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3439 * frame. 3440 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3441 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3442 * data IE. 3443 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3444 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3445 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3446 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3447 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3448 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3449 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3450 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3451 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3452 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3453 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3454 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3455 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3456 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3457 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3458 */ 3459 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3460 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3461 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3462 const u8 *bssid; 3463 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3464 const u8 *ssid; 3465 size_t ssid_len; 3466 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3467 const u8 *ie; 3468 size_t ie_len; 3469 bool privacy; 3470 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3471 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3472 const u8 *key; 3473 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3474 u32 flags; 3475 int bg_scan_period; 3476 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3477 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3478 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3479 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3480 bool pbss; 3481 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3482 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3483 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3484 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3485 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3486 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3487 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3488 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3489 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3490 bool want_1x; 3491 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3492 }; 3493 3494 /** 3495 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3496 * 3497 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3498 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3499 * 3500 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3501 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3502 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3503 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3504 */ 3505 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3506 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3507 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3508 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3509 }; 3510 3511 /** 3512 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3513 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3514 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3515 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3516 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3517 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3518 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3519 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3520 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3521 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3522 */ 3523 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3524 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3525 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3526 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3527 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3528 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3529 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3530 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3531 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3532 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3533 }; 3534 3535 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3536 3537 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3538 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3539 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3540 3541 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3542 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3543 3544 /** 3545 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3546 * 3547 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3548 * caching. 3549 * 3550 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3551 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3552 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3553 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3554 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3555 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3556 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3557 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3558 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3559 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3560 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3561 * %NULL). 3562 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3563 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3564 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3565 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3566 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3567 * used for it expires. 3568 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3569 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3570 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3571 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3572 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3573 */ 3574 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3575 const u8 *bssid; 3576 const u8 *pmkid; 3577 const u8 *pmk; 3578 size_t pmk_len; 3579 const u8 *ssid; 3580 size_t ssid_len; 3581 const u8 *cache_id; 3582 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3583 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3584 }; 3585 3586 /** 3587 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3588 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3589 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3590 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3591 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3592 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3593 * 3594 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3595 * memory, free @mask only! 3596 */ 3597 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3598 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3599 int pattern_len; 3600 int pkt_offset; 3601 }; 3602 3603 /** 3604 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3605 * 3606 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3607 * @src: source IP address 3608 * @dst: destination IP address 3609 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3610 * @src_port: source port 3611 * @dst_port: destination port 3612 * @payload_len: data payload length 3613 * @payload: data payload buffer 3614 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3615 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3616 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3617 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3618 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3619 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3620 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3621 */ 3622 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3623 struct socket *sock; 3624 __be32 src, dst; 3625 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3626 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3627 int payload_len; 3628 const u8 *payload; 3629 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3630 u32 data_interval; 3631 u32 wake_len; 3632 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3633 u32 tokens_size; 3634 /* must be last, variable member */ 3635 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3636 }; 3637 3638 /** 3639 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3640 * 3641 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3642 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3643 * operating as normal during suspend 3644 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3645 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3646 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3647 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3648 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3649 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3650 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3651 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3652 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3653 * NULL if not configured. 3654 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3655 */ 3656 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3657 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3658 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3659 rfkill_release; 3660 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3661 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3662 int n_patterns; 3663 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3664 }; 3665 3666 /** 3667 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3668 * 3669 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3670 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3671 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3672 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3673 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3674 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3675 */ 3676 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3677 int delay; 3678 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3679 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3680 int n_patterns; 3681 }; 3682 3683 /** 3684 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3685 * 3686 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3687 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3688 * @n_rules: number of rules 3689 */ 3690 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3691 int n_rules; 3692 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3693 }; 3694 3695 /** 3696 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3697 * 3698 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3699 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3700 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3701 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3702 * occurred (in MHz) 3703 */ 3704 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3705 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3706 int n_channels; 3707 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3708 }; 3709 3710 /** 3711 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3712 * 3713 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3714 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3715 * match information. 3716 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3717 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3718 */ 3719 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3720 int n_matches; 3721 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3722 }; 3723 3724 /** 3725 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3726 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3727 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3728 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3729 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3730 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3731 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3732 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3733 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3734 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3735 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3736 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3737 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3738 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3739 * it is. 3740 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3741 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3742 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3743 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3744 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3745 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3746 */ 3747 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3748 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3749 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3750 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3751 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3752 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3753 s32 pattern_idx; 3754 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3755 const void *packet; 3756 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3757 }; 3758 3759 /** 3760 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3761 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3762 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3763 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3764 * @kek_len: length of kek 3765 * @kck_len: length of kck 3766 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3767 */ 3768 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3769 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3770 u32 akm; 3771 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3772 }; 3773 3774 /** 3775 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3776 * 3777 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3778 * 3779 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3780 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3781 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3782 */ 3783 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3784 u16 md; 3785 const u8 *ie; 3786 size_t ie_len; 3787 }; 3788 3789 /** 3790 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3791 * 3792 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3793 * 3794 * @chan: channel to use 3795 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3796 * @wait: duration for ROC 3797 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3798 * @len: buffer length 3799 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3800 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3801 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3802 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3803 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3804 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3805 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3806 */ 3807 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3808 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3809 bool offchan; 3810 unsigned int wait; 3811 const u8 *buf; 3812 size_t len; 3813 bool no_cck; 3814 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3815 int n_csa_offsets; 3816 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3817 int link_id; 3818 }; 3819 3820 /** 3821 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3822 * 3823 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3824 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3825 */ 3826 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3827 u8 dscp; 3828 u8 up; 3829 }; 3830 3831 /** 3832 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3833 * 3834 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3835 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3836 */ 3837 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3838 u8 low; 3839 u8 high; 3840 }; 3841 3842 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3843 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3844 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3845 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3846 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3847 3848 /** 3849 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3850 * 3851 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3852 * 3853 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3854 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3855 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3856 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3857 */ 3858 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3859 u8 num_des; 3860 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3861 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3862 }; 3863 3864 /** 3865 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3866 * 3867 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3868 * 3869 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3870 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3871 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3872 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3873 */ 3874 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3875 u8 master_pref; 3876 u8 bands; 3877 }; 3878 3879 /** 3880 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3881 * configuration 3882 * 3883 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3884 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3885 */ 3886 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3887 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3888 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3889 }; 3890 3891 /** 3892 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3893 * 3894 * @filter: the content of the filter 3895 * @len: the length of the filter 3896 */ 3897 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3898 const u8 *filter; 3899 u8 len; 3900 }; 3901 3902 /** 3903 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3904 * 3905 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3906 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3907 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3908 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3909 * implementation specific. 3910 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3911 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3912 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3913 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 3914 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3915 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3916 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3917 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3918 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3919 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3920 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3921 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3922 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3923 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3924 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3925 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3926 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3927 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3928 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3929 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3930 */ 3931 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3932 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3933 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3934 u8 publish_type; 3935 bool close_range; 3936 bool publish_bcast; 3937 bool subscribe_active; 3938 u8 followup_id; 3939 u8 followup_reqid; 3940 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3941 u32 ttl; 3942 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3943 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3944 bool srf_include; 3945 const u8 *srf_bf; 3946 u8 srf_bf_len; 3947 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3948 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3949 int srf_num_macs; 3950 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3951 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3952 u8 num_tx_filters; 3953 u8 num_rx_filters; 3954 u8 instance_id; 3955 u64 cookie; 3956 }; 3957 3958 /** 3959 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3960 * 3961 * @aa: authenticator address 3962 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3963 * @pmk: the PMK material 3964 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3965 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3966 * holds PMK-R0. 3967 */ 3968 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3969 const u8 *aa; 3970 u8 pmk_len; 3971 const u8 *pmk; 3972 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3973 }; 3974 3975 /** 3976 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3977 * 3978 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3979 * 3980 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3981 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3982 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3983 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3984 * authentication response command interface. 3985 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3986 * authentication response command interface. 3987 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3988 * authentication request event interface. 3989 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3990 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3991 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3992 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3993 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3994 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3995 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3996 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3997 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3998 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3999 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 4000 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 4001 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 4002 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 4003 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 4004 * chosen for the authentication. 4005 */ 4006 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 4007 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 4008 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4009 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 4010 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 4011 u16 status; 4012 const u8 *pmkid; 4013 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4014 }; 4015 4016 /** 4017 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 4018 * 4019 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 4020 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 4021 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 4022 * answered 4023 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 4024 * successfully answered 4025 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 4026 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 4027 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 4028 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 4029 * of how much time the responder was busy 4030 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 4031 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 4032 * the responder 4033 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 4034 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 4035 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 4036 */ 4037 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 4038 u32 filled; 4039 u32 success_num; 4040 u32 partial_num; 4041 u32 failed_num; 4042 u32 asap_num; 4043 u32 non_asap_num; 4044 u64 total_duration_ms; 4045 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 4046 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 4047 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 4048 }; 4049 4050 /** 4051 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 4052 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 4053 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 4054 * reason than just "failure" 4055 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 4056 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 4057 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 4058 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 4059 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 4060 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 4061 * by the responder 4062 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 4063 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 4064 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 4065 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 4066 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 4067 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 4068 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 4069 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4070 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4071 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 4072 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 4073 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 4074 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 4075 * the square root of the variance) 4076 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 4077 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 4078 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 4079 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 4080 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 4081 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 4082 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 4083 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4084 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4085 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4086 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4087 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4088 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4089 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4090 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4091 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4092 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4093 */ 4094 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4095 const u8 *lci; 4096 const u8 *civicloc; 4097 unsigned int lci_len; 4098 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4099 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4100 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4101 s16 burst_index; 4102 u8 busy_retry_time; 4103 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4104 u8 burst_duration; 4105 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4106 s32 rssi_avg; 4107 s32 rssi_spread; 4108 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4109 s64 rtt_avg; 4110 s64 rtt_variance; 4111 s64 rtt_spread; 4112 s64 dist_avg; 4113 s64 dist_variance; 4114 s64 dist_spread; 4115 4116 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4117 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4118 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4119 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4120 tx_rate_valid:1, 4121 rx_rate_valid:1, 4122 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4123 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4124 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4125 dist_avg_valid:1, 4126 dist_variance_valid:1, 4127 dist_spread_valid:1; 4128 }; 4129 4130 /** 4131 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4132 * @addr: address of the peer 4133 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4134 * measurement was made) 4135 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4136 * @status: status of the measurement 4137 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4138 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4139 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4140 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4141 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4142 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4143 * @ftm: FTM result 4144 */ 4145 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4146 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4147 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4148 4149 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4150 4151 u8 final:1, 4152 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4153 4154 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4155 4156 union { 4157 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4158 }; 4159 }; 4160 4161 /** 4162 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4163 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4164 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4165 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4166 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4167 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4168 * @burst_duration: burst duration 4169 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 4170 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4171 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4172 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4173 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4174 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4175 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4176 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4177 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4178 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4179 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4180 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4181 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4182 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4183 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4184 * 4185 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4186 */ 4187 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4188 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4189 u16 burst_period; 4190 u8 requested:1, 4191 asap:1, 4192 request_lci:1, 4193 request_civicloc:1, 4194 trigger_based:1, 4195 non_trigger_based:1, 4196 lmr_feedback:1; 4197 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4198 u8 burst_duration; 4199 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4200 u8 ftmr_retries; 4201 u8 bss_color; 4202 }; 4203 4204 /** 4205 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4206 * @addr: MAC address 4207 * @chandef: channel to use 4208 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4209 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4210 */ 4211 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4212 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4213 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4214 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4215 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4216 }; 4217 4218 /** 4219 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4220 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4221 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4222 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4223 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4224 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4225 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4226 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4227 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4228 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4229 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4230 * zero it means there's no timeout 4231 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4232 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4233 */ 4234 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4235 u64 cookie; 4236 void *drv_data; 4237 u32 n_peers; 4238 u32 nl_portid; 4239 4240 u32 timeout; 4241 4242 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4243 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4244 4245 struct list_head list; 4246 4247 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4248 }; 4249 4250 /** 4251 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4252 * 4253 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4254 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4255 * 4256 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4257 * 4258 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4259 * has to be done. 4260 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4261 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4262 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4263 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4264 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4265 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4266 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4267 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4268 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4269 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4270 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4271 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4272 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4273 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4274 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4275 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4276 */ 4277 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4278 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4279 u16 status; 4280 const u8 *ie; 4281 size_t ie_len; 4282 int assoc_link_id; 4283 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4284 }; 4285 4286 /** 4287 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4288 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4289 * for the entire device 4290 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4291 * for the given interface 4292 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4293 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4294 * for these subtypes 4295 */ 4296 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4297 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4298 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4299 }; 4300 4301 /** 4302 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4303 * 4304 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4305 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4306 * 4307 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4308 * on success or a negative error code. 4309 * 4310 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4311 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4312 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4313 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4314 * 4315 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4316 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4317 * configured for the device. 4318 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4319 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4320 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4321 * the device. 4322 * 4323 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4324 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4325 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4326 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4327 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4328 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4329 * 4330 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4331 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4332 * 4333 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4334 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4335 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4336 * 4337 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4338 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4339 * address is available. 4340 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4341 * 4342 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4343 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4344 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4345 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4346 * 4347 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4348 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4349 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4350 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4351 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4352 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4353 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4354 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4355 * 4356 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4357 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4358 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4359 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4360 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4361 * 4362 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4363 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4364 * 4365 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4366 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4367 * 4368 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4369 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4370 * 4371 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4372 * 4373 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4374 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4375 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4376 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4377 * 4378 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4379 * @del_station: Remove a station 4380 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4381 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4382 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4383 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4384 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4385 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4386 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4387 * 4388 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4389 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4390 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4391 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4392 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4393 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4394 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4395 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4396 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4397 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4398 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4399 * 4400 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4401 * 4402 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4403 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4404 * set, and which to leave alone. 4405 * 4406 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4407 * 4408 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4409 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4410 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4411 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4412 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4413 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4414 * 4415 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4416 * 4417 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4418 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4419 * join the mesh instead. 4420 * 4421 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4422 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4423 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4424 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4425 * 4426 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4427 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4428 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4429 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4430 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4431 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4432 * 4433 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4434 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4435 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4436 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4437 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4438 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4439 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4440 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4441 * 4442 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4443 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4444 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4445 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4446 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4447 * was received. 4448 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4449 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4450 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4451 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4452 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4453 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4454 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4455 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4456 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4457 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4458 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4459 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4460 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4461 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4462 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4463 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4464 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4465 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4466 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4467 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4468 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4469 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4470 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4471 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4472 * 4473 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4474 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4475 * to a merge. 4476 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4477 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4478 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4479 * 4480 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4481 * MESH mode) 4482 * 4483 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4484 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4485 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4486 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4487 * 4488 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4489 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4490 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4491 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4492 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4493 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4494 * return 0 if successful 4495 * 4496 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4497 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4498 * 4499 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4500 * 4501 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4502 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4503 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4504 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4505 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4506 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4507 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4508 * the duration value. 4509 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4510 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4511 * frame on another channel 4512 * 4513 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4514 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4515 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4516 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4517 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4518 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4519 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4520 * 4521 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4522 * 4523 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4524 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4525 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4526 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4527 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4528 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4529 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4530 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4531 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4532 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4533 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4534 * disabled.) 4535 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4536 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4537 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4538 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4539 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4540 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4541 * thresholds. 4542 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4543 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4544 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4545 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4546 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4547 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4548 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4549 * 4550 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4551 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4552 * 4553 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4554 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4555 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4556 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4557 * 4558 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4559 * 4560 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4561 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4562 * 4563 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4564 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4565 * 4566 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4567 * 4568 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4569 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4570 * current monitoring channel. 4571 * 4572 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4573 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4574 * 4575 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4576 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4577 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4578 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4579 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4580 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4581 * 4582 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4583 * 4584 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4585 * was finished on another phy. 4586 * 4587 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4588 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4589 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4590 * 4591 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4592 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4593 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4594 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4595 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4596 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4597 * 4598 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4599 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4600 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4601 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4602 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4603 * as soon as possible. 4604 * 4605 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4606 * 4607 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4608 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4609 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4610 * 4611 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4612 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4613 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4614 * account. 4615 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4616 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4617 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4618 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4619 * rejected) 4620 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4621 * 4622 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4623 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4624 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4625 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4626 * 4627 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4628 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4629 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4630 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4631 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4632 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4633 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4634 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4635 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4636 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4637 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4638 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4639 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4640 * provided @nan_func. 4641 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4642 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4643 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4644 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4645 * 4646 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4647 * 4648 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4649 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4650 * 4651 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4652 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4653 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4654 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4655 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4656 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4657 * 4658 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4659 * user space 4660 * 4661 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4662 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4663 * 4664 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4665 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4666 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4667 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4668 * 4669 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4670 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4671 * DH IE through this interface. 4672 * 4673 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4674 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4675 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4676 * This callback may sleep. 4677 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4678 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4679 * 4680 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4681 * 4682 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4683 * 4684 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4685 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4686 * Response frame. 4687 * 4688 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4689 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4690 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4691 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4692 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4693 * radar channel. 4694 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4695 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4696 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4697 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4698 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4699 * 4700 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4701 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 4702 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 4703 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 4704 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 4705 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 4706 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 4707 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 4708 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 4709 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 4710 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 4711 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 4712 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 4713 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 4714 */ 4715 struct cfg80211_ops { 4716 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4717 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4718 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4719 4720 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4721 const char *name, 4722 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4723 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4724 struct vif_params *params); 4725 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4726 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4727 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4728 struct net_device *dev, 4729 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4730 struct vif_params *params); 4731 4732 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4733 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4734 unsigned int link_id); 4735 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4736 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4737 unsigned int link_id); 4738 4739 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4740 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4741 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4742 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4743 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4744 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4745 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4746 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4747 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4748 const u8 *mac_addr); 4749 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4750 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4751 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4752 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4753 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4754 u8 key_index); 4755 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4756 struct net_device *netdev, 4757 int link_id, 4758 u8 key_index); 4759 4760 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4761 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4762 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4763 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 4764 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4765 unsigned int link_id); 4766 4767 4768 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4769 const u8 *mac, 4770 struct station_parameters *params); 4771 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4772 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4773 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4774 const u8 *mac, 4775 struct station_parameters *params); 4776 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4777 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4778 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4779 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4780 4781 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4782 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4783 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4784 const u8 *dst); 4785 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4786 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4787 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4788 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4789 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4790 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4791 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4792 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4793 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4794 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4795 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4796 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4797 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4798 struct net_device *dev, 4799 struct mesh_config *conf); 4800 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4801 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4802 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4803 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4804 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4805 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4806 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4807 4808 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4809 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4810 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4811 4812 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4813 struct bss_parameters *params); 4814 4815 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4816 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4817 4818 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4819 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4820 4821 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4822 struct net_device *dev, 4823 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4824 4825 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4826 struct net_device *dev, 4827 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4828 4829 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4830 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4831 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4832 4833 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4834 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4835 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4836 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4837 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4838 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4839 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4840 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4841 4842 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4843 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4844 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4845 struct net_device *dev, 4846 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4847 u32 changed); 4848 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4849 u16 reason_code); 4850 4851 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4852 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4853 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4854 4855 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4856 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4857 4858 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4859 u32 changed); 4860 4861 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4862 int radio_idx, 4863 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4864 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4865 int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 4866 4867 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4868 4869 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4870 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4871 void *data, int len); 4872 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4873 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4874 void *data, int len); 4875 #endif 4876 4877 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4878 struct net_device *dev, 4879 unsigned int link_id, 4880 const u8 *peer, 4881 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4882 4883 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4884 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4885 4886 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4887 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4888 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4889 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4890 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4891 4892 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4893 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4894 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4895 unsigned int duration, 4896 u64 *cookie); 4897 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4898 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4899 u64 cookie); 4900 4901 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4902 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4903 u64 *cookie); 4904 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4905 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4906 u64 cookie); 4907 4908 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4909 bool enabled, int timeout); 4910 4911 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4912 struct net_device *dev, 4913 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4914 4915 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4916 struct net_device *dev, 4917 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4918 4919 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4920 struct net_device *dev, 4921 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4922 4923 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4924 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4925 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4926 4927 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4928 u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4929 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4930 u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4931 4932 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4933 struct net_device *dev, 4934 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4935 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4936 u64 reqid); 4937 4938 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4939 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4940 4941 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4942 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4943 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4944 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4945 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4946 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4947 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4948 4949 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4950 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4951 4952 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4953 struct net_device *dev, 4954 u16 noack_map); 4955 4956 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4957 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4958 unsigned int link_id, 4959 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4960 4961 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4962 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4963 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4964 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4965 4966 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4967 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4968 4969 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4970 struct net_device *dev, 4971 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4972 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 4973 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4974 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 4975 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4976 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4977 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4978 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4979 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4980 u16 duration); 4981 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4982 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4983 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4984 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4985 4986 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4987 struct net_device *dev, 4988 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4989 4990 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4991 struct net_device *dev, 4992 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4993 4994 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4995 unsigned int link_id, 4996 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4997 4998 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4999 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 5000 u16 admitted_time); 5001 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5002 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 5003 5004 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5005 struct net_device *dev, 5006 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 5007 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5008 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5009 struct net_device *dev, 5010 const u8 *addr); 5011 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5012 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 5013 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5014 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5015 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 5016 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5017 u64 cookie); 5018 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5019 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5020 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 5021 u32 changes); 5022 5023 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5024 struct net_device *dev, 5025 const bool enabled); 5026 5027 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5028 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5029 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 5030 5031 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5032 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 5033 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5034 const u8 *aa); 5035 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5036 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 5037 5038 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5039 struct net_device *dev, 5040 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5041 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 5042 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 5043 u64 *cookie); 5044 5045 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5046 struct net_device *dev, 5047 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 5048 5049 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5050 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5051 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5052 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5053 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5054 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 5055 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5056 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5057 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5058 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 5059 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5060 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 5061 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5062 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 5063 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5064 struct net_device *dev, 5065 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 5066 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5067 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 5068 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5069 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5070 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5071 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5072 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5073 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5074 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5075 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 5076 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5077 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 5078 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5079 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 5080 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5081 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5082 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 5083 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5084 bool val); 5085 }; 5086 5087 /* 5088 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5089 * and registration/helper functions 5090 */ 5091 5092 /** 5093 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5094 * 5095 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5096 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5097 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5098 * wiphy at all 5099 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5100 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5101 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5102 * reason to override the default 5103 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5104 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5105 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5106 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5107 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5108 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5109 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5110 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5111 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5112 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5113 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5114 * firmware. 5115 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5116 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5117 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5118 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5119 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5120 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5121 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5122 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5123 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5124 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5125 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5126 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5127 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5128 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5129 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5130 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 5131 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5132 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5133 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5134 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5135 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5136 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5137 * should set this flag for now. 5138 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5139 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5140 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5141 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5142 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5143 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5144 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5145 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5146 */ 5147 enum wiphy_flags { 5148 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5149 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5150 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5151 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5152 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5153 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5154 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5155 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5156 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5157 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5158 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5159 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5160 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5161 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5162 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5163 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5164 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5165 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5166 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5167 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5168 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5169 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5170 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5171 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5172 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5173 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5174 }; 5175 5176 /** 5177 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5178 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5179 * @types: interface types (bits) 5180 */ 5181 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5182 u16 max; 5183 u16 types; 5184 }; 5185 5186 /** 5187 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5188 * 5189 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5190 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5191 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5192 * that radio. 5193 * 5194 * Examples: 5195 * 5196 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5197 * 5198 * .. code-block:: c 5199 * 5200 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5201 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5202 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5203 * }; 5204 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5205 * .limits = limits1, 5206 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5207 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5208 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5209 * }; 5210 * 5211 * 5212 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5213 * 5214 * .. code-block:: c 5215 * 5216 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5217 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5218 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5219 * }; 5220 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5221 * .limits = limits2, 5222 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5223 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5224 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5225 * }; 5226 * 5227 * 5228 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5229 * 5230 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5231 * 5232 * .. code-block:: c 5233 * 5234 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5235 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5236 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5237 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5238 * }; 5239 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5240 * .limits = limits3, 5241 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5242 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5243 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5244 * }; 5245 * 5246 */ 5247 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5248 /** 5249 * @limits: 5250 * limits for the given interface types 5251 */ 5252 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5253 5254 /** 5255 * @num_different_channels: 5256 * can use up to this many different channels 5257 */ 5258 u32 num_different_channels; 5259 5260 /** 5261 * @max_interfaces: 5262 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5263 */ 5264 u16 max_interfaces; 5265 5266 /** 5267 * @n_limits: 5268 * number of limitations 5269 */ 5270 u8 n_limits; 5271 5272 /** 5273 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5274 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5275 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5276 */ 5277 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5278 5279 /** 5280 * @radar_detect_widths: 5281 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5282 */ 5283 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5284 5285 /** 5286 * @radar_detect_regions: 5287 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5288 */ 5289 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5290 5291 /** 5292 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5293 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5294 * 5295 * = 0 5296 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5297 * > 0 5298 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5299 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5300 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5301 */ 5302 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5303 }; 5304 5305 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5306 u16 tx, rx; 5307 }; 5308 5309 /** 5310 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5311 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5312 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5313 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5314 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5315 * packet should be preserved in that case 5316 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5317 * (see nl80211.h) 5318 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5319 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5320 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5321 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5322 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5323 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5324 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5325 */ 5326 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5327 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5328 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5329 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5330 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5331 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5332 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5333 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5334 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5335 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5336 }; 5337 5338 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5339 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5340 u32 data_payload_max; 5341 u32 data_interval_max; 5342 u32 wake_payload_max; 5343 bool seq; 5344 }; 5345 5346 /** 5347 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5348 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5349 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5350 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5351 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5352 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5353 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5354 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5355 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5356 * scheduled scans. 5357 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5358 * details. 5359 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5360 */ 5361 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5362 u32 flags; 5363 int n_patterns; 5364 int pattern_max_len; 5365 int pattern_min_len; 5366 int max_pkt_offset; 5367 int max_nd_match_sets; 5368 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5369 }; 5370 5371 /** 5372 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5373 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5374 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5375 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5376 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5377 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5378 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5379 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5380 */ 5381 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5382 int n_rules; 5383 int max_delay; 5384 int n_patterns; 5385 int pattern_max_len; 5386 int pattern_min_len; 5387 int max_pkt_offset; 5388 }; 5389 5390 /** 5391 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5392 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5393 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5394 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5395 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5396 */ 5397 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5398 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5399 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5400 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5401 }; 5402 5403 /** 5404 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5405 * 5406 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5407 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5408 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5409 * 5410 */ 5411 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5412 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5413 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5414 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5415 }; 5416 5417 /** 5418 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5419 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5420 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5421 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5422 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5423 */ 5424 5425 struct sta_opmode_info { 5426 u32 changed; 5427 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5428 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5429 u8 rx_nss; 5430 }; 5431 5432 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5433 5434 /** 5435 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5436 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5437 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5438 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5439 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5440 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5441 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5442 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5443 * dumpit calls. 5444 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5445 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5446 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5447 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5448 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5449 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5450 * are used with dump requests. 5451 */ 5452 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5453 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5454 u32 flags; 5455 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5456 const void *data, int data_len); 5457 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5458 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5459 unsigned long *storage); 5460 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5461 unsigned int maxattr; 5462 }; 5463 5464 /** 5465 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5466 * @iftype: interface type 5467 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5468 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5469 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5470 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5471 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5472 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5473 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5474 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5475 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5476 */ 5477 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5478 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5479 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5480 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5481 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5482 u16 eml_capabilities; 5483 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5484 }; 5485 5486 /** 5487 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5488 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5489 * @type: the interface type to look up 5490 * 5491 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 5492 */ 5493 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5494 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5495 5496 /** 5497 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5498 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5499 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5500 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5501 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5502 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5503 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5504 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5505 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5506 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5507 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5508 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5509 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5510 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5511 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5512 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5513 * not limited) 5514 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5515 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5516 */ 5517 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5518 unsigned int max_peers; 5519 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5520 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5521 5522 struct { 5523 u32 preambles; 5524 u32 bandwidths; 5525 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5526 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5527 u8 supported:1, 5528 asap:1, 5529 non_asap:1, 5530 request_lci:1, 5531 request_civicloc:1, 5532 trigger_based:1, 5533 non_trigger_based:1; 5534 } ftm; 5535 }; 5536 5537 /** 5538 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5539 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5540 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5541 * 5542 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5543 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5544 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5545 */ 5546 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5547 u16 iftypes_mask; 5548 const u32 *akm_suites; 5549 int n_akm_suites; 5550 }; 5551 5552 /** 5553 * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy 5554 * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a 5555 * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. 5556 * 5557 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); 5558 * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled 5559 */ 5560 struct wiphy_radio_cfg { 5561 u32 rts_threshold; 5562 }; 5563 5564 /** 5565 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 5566 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 5567 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 5568 */ 5569 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 5570 u32 start_freq; 5571 u32 end_freq; 5572 }; 5573 5574 5575 /** 5576 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 5577 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 5578 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 5579 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 5580 * 5581 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 5582 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 5583 * 5584 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5585 * list single interface types. 5586 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5587 * 5588 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 5589 */ 5590 struct wiphy_radio { 5591 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 5592 int n_freq_range; 5593 5594 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5595 int n_iface_combinations; 5596 5597 u32 antenna_mask; 5598 }; 5599 5600 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5601 5602 /** 5603 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5604 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5605 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5606 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5607 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5608 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5609 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5610 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5611 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5612 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5613 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5614 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5615 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5616 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5617 * iftype_akm_suites. 5618 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5619 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5620 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5621 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5622 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5623 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5624 * suites are specified separately. 5625 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5626 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5627 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5628 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5629 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5630 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5631 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5632 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5633 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5634 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5635 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5636 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5637 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5638 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5639 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5640 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5641 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5642 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5643 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5644 * unregister hardware 5645 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5646 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5647 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5648 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5649 * (see below). 5650 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5651 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5652 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5653 * must be set by driver 5654 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5655 * list single interface types. 5656 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5657 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5658 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5659 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5660 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5661 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5662 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5663 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5664 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5665 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5666 * this variable determines its size 5667 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5668 * any given scan 5669 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5670 * the device can run concurrently. 5671 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5672 * for in any given scheduled scan 5673 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5674 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5675 * supported. 5676 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5677 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5678 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5679 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5680 * scans 5681 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5682 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5683 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5684 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5685 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5686 * scan plan supported by the device. 5687 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5688 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5689 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5690 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5691 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5692 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5693 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5694 * 5695 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5696 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5697 * type 5698 * 5699 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5700 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5701 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5702 * 5703 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5704 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5705 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5706 * 5707 * @probe_resp_offload: 5708 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5709 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5710 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5711 * 5712 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5713 * may request, if implemented. 5714 * 5715 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5716 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5717 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5718 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5719 * 5720 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5721 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5722 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5723 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5724 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5725 * 5726 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5727 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5728 * 5729 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5730 * supports for ACL. 5731 * 5732 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5733 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5734 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5735 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5736 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5737 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5738 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5739 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5740 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5741 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5742 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5743 * capabilities are specified separately. 5744 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5745 * 5746 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5747 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5748 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5749 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5750 * 5751 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5752 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5753 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5754 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5755 * 5756 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5757 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5758 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5759 * infinite. 5760 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5761 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5762 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5763 * 5764 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5765 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5766 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5767 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5768 * 5769 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5770 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5771 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5772 * 5773 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5774 * wake_tx_queue 5775 * 5776 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5777 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5778 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5779 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5780 * 5781 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5782 * 5783 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5784 * device has 5785 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5786 * supported by the driver for each vif 5787 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5788 * supported by the driver for each peer 5789 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5790 * long/short retry configuration 5791 * 5792 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5793 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5794 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5795 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5796 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5797 * 5798 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5799 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5800 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5801 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5802 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5803 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5804 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5805 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5806 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5807 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5808 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5809 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5810 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5811 * 5812 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5813 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5814 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5815 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5816 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5817 * specify a mac address). 5818 * 5819 * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This 5820 * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be 5821 * used only for multi-radio wiphy. 5822 * 5823 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 5824 * @n_radio: number of radios 5825 */ 5826 struct wiphy { 5827 struct mutex mtx; 5828 5829 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5830 5831 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5832 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5833 5834 struct mac_address *addresses; 5835 5836 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5837 5838 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5839 int n_iface_combinations; 5840 u16 software_iftypes; 5841 5842 u16 n_addresses; 5843 5844 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5845 u16 interface_modes; 5846 5847 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5848 5849 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5850 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5851 5852 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5853 5854 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5855 5856 int bss_priv_size; 5857 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5858 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5859 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5860 u8 max_match_sets; 5861 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5862 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5863 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5864 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5865 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5866 5867 int n_cipher_suites; 5868 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5869 5870 int n_akm_suites; 5871 const u32 *akm_suites; 5872 5873 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5874 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5875 5876 u8 retry_short; 5877 u8 retry_long; 5878 u32 frag_threshold; 5879 u32 rts_threshold; 5880 u8 coverage_class; 5881 5882 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5883 u32 hw_version; 5884 5885 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5886 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5887 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5888 #endif 5889 5890 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5891 5892 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5893 5894 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5895 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5896 5897 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5898 5899 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5900 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5901 5902 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5903 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5904 5905 const void *privid; 5906 5907 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5908 5909 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5910 struct regulatory_request *request); 5911 5912 struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; 5913 5914 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5915 5916 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5917 5918 struct device dev; 5919 5920 bool registered; 5921 5922 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5923 5924 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5925 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5926 5927 struct list_head wdev_list; 5928 5929 possible_net_t _net; 5930 5931 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5932 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5933 #endif 5934 5935 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5936 5937 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5938 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5939 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5940 5941 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5942 5943 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5944 5945 u32 bss_select_support; 5946 5947 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5948 5949 u32 txq_limit; 5950 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5951 u32 txq_quantum; 5952 5953 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5954 5955 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5956 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5957 5958 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5959 5960 struct { 5961 u64 peer, vif; 5962 u8 max_retry; 5963 } tid_config_support; 5964 5965 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5966 5967 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5968 5969 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5970 5971 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5972 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5973 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5974 5975 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5976 5977 int n_radio; 5978 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 5979 5980 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5981 }; 5982 5983 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5984 { 5985 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5986 } 5987 5988 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5989 { 5990 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5991 } 5992 5993 /** 5994 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5995 * 5996 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5997 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5998 */ 5999 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6000 { 6001 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 6002 return &wiphy->priv; 6003 } 6004 6005 /** 6006 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 6007 * 6008 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 6009 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 6010 */ 6011 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 6012 { 6013 BUG_ON(!priv); 6014 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 6015 } 6016 6017 /** 6018 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 6019 * 6020 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 6021 * @dev: The device to parent it to 6022 */ 6023 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 6024 { 6025 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 6026 } 6027 6028 /** 6029 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 6030 * 6031 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 6032 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 6033 */ 6034 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6035 { 6036 return wiphy->dev.parent; 6037 } 6038 6039 /** 6040 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 6041 * 6042 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 6043 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 6044 */ 6045 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 6046 { 6047 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 6048 } 6049 6050 /** 6051 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6052 * 6053 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6054 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6055 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 6056 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 6057 * 6058 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6059 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6060 * 6061 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6062 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6063 */ 6064 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 6065 const char *requested_name); 6066 6067 /** 6068 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6069 * 6070 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6071 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6072 * 6073 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6074 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6075 * 6076 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6077 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6078 */ 6079 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 6080 int sizeof_priv) 6081 { 6082 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 6083 } 6084 6085 /** 6086 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 6087 * 6088 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 6089 * 6090 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 6091 */ 6092 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6093 6094 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 6095 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 6096 6097 /** 6098 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 6099 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6100 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6101 * 6102 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 6103 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 6104 */ 6105 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6106 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6107 6108 /** 6109 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6110 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6111 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6112 * 6113 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6114 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6115 */ 6116 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6117 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6118 6119 /** 6120 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6121 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6122 * 6123 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6124 * 6125 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6126 */ 6127 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6128 6129 /** 6130 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6131 * 6132 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6133 * 6134 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6135 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6136 * request that is being handled. 6137 */ 6138 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6139 6140 /** 6141 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6142 * 6143 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6144 */ 6145 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6146 6147 /* internal structs */ 6148 struct cfg80211_conn; 6149 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6150 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6151 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6152 6153 /** 6154 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6155 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6156 * 6157 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6158 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6159 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6160 * differentiate which way it's called. 6161 * 6162 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6163 * 6164 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6165 * 6166 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6167 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6168 */ 6169 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6170 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6171 { 6172 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6173 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6174 } 6175 6176 /** 6177 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6178 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6179 */ 6180 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6181 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6182 { 6183 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6184 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6185 } 6186 6187 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6188 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6189 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6190 6191 struct wiphy_work; 6192 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6193 6194 struct wiphy_work { 6195 struct list_head entry; 6196 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6197 }; 6198 6199 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6200 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6201 { 6202 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6203 work->func = func; 6204 } 6205 6206 /** 6207 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6208 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6209 * @work: the work item 6210 * 6211 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6212 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6213 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6214 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6215 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6216 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6217 */ 6218 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6219 6220 /** 6221 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6222 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6223 * @work: the work to cancel 6224 * 6225 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6226 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6227 */ 6228 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6229 6230 /** 6231 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6232 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6233 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6234 * 6235 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6236 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6237 */ 6238 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6239 6240 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6241 struct wiphy_work work; 6242 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6243 struct timer_list timer; 6244 }; 6245 6246 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6247 6248 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6249 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6250 { 6251 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6252 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6253 } 6254 6255 /** 6256 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6257 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6258 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6259 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6260 * 6261 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6262 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6263 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6264 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6265 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6266 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6267 */ 6268 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6269 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6270 unsigned long delay); 6271 6272 /** 6273 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6274 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6275 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6276 * 6277 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6278 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6279 */ 6280 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6281 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6282 6283 /** 6284 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6285 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6286 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6287 * 6288 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6289 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6290 */ 6291 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6292 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6293 6294 /** 6295 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6296 * work item is currently pending. 6297 * 6298 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6299 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 6300 * 6301 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6302 * 6303 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 6304 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 6305 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 6306 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 6307 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 6308 * won't run before that. 6309 * 6310 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 6311 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 6312 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 6313 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 6314 * is currently executing. 6315 * 6316 * CPU0 CPU1 6317 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 6318 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 6319 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 6320 * 6321 * [...] 6322 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 6323 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 6324 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 6325 * wk->timer->function() | 6326 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 6327 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 6328 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 6329 * | been run yet 6330 * [...] | 6331 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 6332 * wk->func() V 6333 * 6334 */ 6335 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6336 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6337 6338 /** 6339 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 6340 * 6341 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 6342 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 6343 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 6344 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 6345 */ 6346 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 6347 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 6348 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 6349 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 6350 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 6351 }; 6352 6353 /** 6354 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 6355 * 6356 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 6357 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 6358 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 6359 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 6360 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 6361 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 6362 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 6363 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 6364 * 6365 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 6366 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 6367 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 6368 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 6369 * 6370 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 6371 * @iftype: interface type 6372 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 6373 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 6374 * for the notifier 6375 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 6376 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 6377 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 6378 * wireless device if it has no netdev 6379 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 6380 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 6381 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 6382 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 6383 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 6384 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 6385 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 6386 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 6387 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 6388 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 6389 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 6390 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 6391 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 6392 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 6393 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 6394 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 6395 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 6396 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 6397 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 6398 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 6399 * need to propagate the update to the driver 6400 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 6401 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 6402 * the P2P Device. 6403 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 6404 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6405 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6406 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6407 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6408 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6409 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6410 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6411 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6412 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6413 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6414 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6415 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6416 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6417 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 6418 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6419 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6420 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6421 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6422 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6423 * unprotected beacon report 6424 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6425 * @ap and @client for each link 6426 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 6427 * started 6428 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 6429 * entered. 6430 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 6431 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6432 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 6433 */ 6434 struct wireless_dev { 6435 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6436 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6437 6438 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6439 struct list_head list; 6440 struct net_device *netdev; 6441 6442 u32 identifier; 6443 6444 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6445 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6446 6447 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6448 6449 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6450 6451 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6452 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6453 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6454 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6455 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6456 6457 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6458 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6459 6460 struct list_head event_list; 6461 spinlock_t event_lock; 6462 6463 u8 connected:1; 6464 6465 bool ps; 6466 int ps_timeout; 6467 6468 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6469 6470 u32 owner_nlportid; 6471 bool nl_owner_dead; 6472 6473 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6474 /* wext data */ 6475 struct { 6476 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6477 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6478 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6479 const u8 *ie; 6480 size_t ie_len; 6481 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6482 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6483 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6484 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6485 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6486 } wext; 6487 #endif 6488 6489 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 6490 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 6491 6492 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6493 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6494 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6495 6496 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6497 6498 union { 6499 struct { 6500 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6501 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6502 u8 ssid_len; 6503 } client; 6504 struct { 6505 int beacon_interval; 6506 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6507 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6508 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 6509 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6510 } mesh; 6511 struct { 6512 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6513 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6514 u8 ssid_len; 6515 } ap; 6516 struct { 6517 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6518 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6519 int beacon_interval; 6520 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6521 u8 ssid_len; 6522 } ibss; 6523 struct { 6524 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6525 } ocb; 6526 } u; 6527 6528 struct { 6529 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6530 union { 6531 struct { 6532 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6533 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6534 } ap; 6535 struct { 6536 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6537 } client; 6538 }; 6539 6540 bool cac_started; 6541 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6542 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6543 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6544 u16 valid_links; 6545 6546 u32 radio_mask; 6547 }; 6548 6549 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6550 { 6551 if (wdev->netdev) 6552 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6553 return wdev->address; 6554 } 6555 6556 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6557 { 6558 if (wdev->netdev) 6559 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6560 return wdev->is_running; 6561 } 6562 6563 /** 6564 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6565 * 6566 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6567 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6568 */ 6569 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6570 { 6571 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6572 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6573 } 6574 6575 /** 6576 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6577 * @wdev: the wdev 6578 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6579 * 6580 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6581 */ 6582 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6583 unsigned int link_id); 6584 6585 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6586 unsigned int link_id) 6587 { 6588 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6589 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6590 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6591 } 6592 6593 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6594 for (link_id = 0; \ 6595 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6596 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6597 link_id++) \ 6598 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6599 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6600 6601 /** 6602 * DOC: Utility functions 6603 * 6604 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6605 */ 6606 6607 /** 6608 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6609 * 6610 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6611 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6612 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6613 */ 6614 static inline bool 6615 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6616 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6617 { 6618 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6619 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6620 } 6621 6622 /** 6623 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6624 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6625 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6626 */ 6627 static inline u32 6628 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6629 { 6630 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6631 } 6632 6633 /** 6634 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6635 * 6636 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6637 * @chan: channel 6638 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6639 */ 6640 enum nl80211_chan_width 6641 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6642 6643 /** 6644 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6645 * @chan: channel number 6646 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6647 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6648 */ 6649 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6650 6651 /** 6652 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6653 * @chan: channel number 6654 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6655 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6656 */ 6657 static inline int 6658 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6659 { 6660 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6661 } 6662 6663 /** 6664 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6665 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6666 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6667 */ 6668 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6669 6670 /** 6671 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6672 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6673 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6674 */ 6675 static inline int 6676 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6677 { 6678 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6679 } 6680 6681 /** 6682 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6683 * frequency 6684 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6685 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6686 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6687 */ 6688 struct ieee80211_channel * 6689 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6690 6691 /** 6692 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6693 * 6694 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6695 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6696 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6697 */ 6698 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6699 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6700 { 6701 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6702 } 6703 6704 /** 6705 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6706 * @chan: control channel to check 6707 * 6708 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6709 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6710 * 6711 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 6712 */ 6713 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6714 { 6715 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6716 return false; 6717 6718 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6719 } 6720 6721 /** 6722 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 6723 * 6724 * @radio: wiphy radio 6725 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 6726 * 6727 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 6728 */ 6729 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 6730 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6731 6732 /** 6733 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 6734 * 6735 * @wdev: the wireless device 6736 * @chan: channel to check 6737 * 6738 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 6739 */ 6740 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6741 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6742 6743 /** 6744 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6745 * 6746 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6747 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6748 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6749 * 6750 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6751 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6752 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6753 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6754 */ 6755 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6756 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6757 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6758 6759 /** 6760 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6761 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6762 * 6763 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 6764 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6765 */ 6766 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 6767 6768 /* 6769 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6770 * 6771 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6772 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6773 */ 6774 6775 struct radiotap_align_size { 6776 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6777 }; 6778 6779 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6780 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6781 int n_bits; 6782 uint32_t oui; 6783 uint8_t subns; 6784 }; 6785 6786 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6787 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6788 int n_ns; 6789 }; 6790 6791 /** 6792 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6793 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6794 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6795 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6796 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6797 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6798 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6799 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6800 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6801 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6802 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6803 * radiotap namespace or not 6804 * 6805 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6806 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6807 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6808 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6809 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6810 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6811 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6812 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6813 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6814 * next bitmap word 6815 * 6816 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6817 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6818 */ 6819 6820 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6821 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6822 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6823 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6824 6825 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6826 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6827 6828 unsigned char *this_arg; 6829 int this_arg_index; 6830 int this_arg_size; 6831 6832 int is_radiotap_ns; 6833 6834 int _max_length; 6835 int _arg_index; 6836 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6837 int _reset_on_ext; 6838 }; 6839 6840 int 6841 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6842 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6843 int max_length, 6844 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6845 6846 int 6847 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6848 6849 6850 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6851 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6852 6853 /** 6854 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6855 * 6856 * @skb: the frame 6857 * 6858 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6859 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6860 * 6861 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6862 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6863 * 802.11 header. 6864 */ 6865 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6866 6867 /** 6868 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6869 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6870 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6871 */ 6872 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6873 6874 /** 6875 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6876 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6877 * (first byte) will be accessed 6878 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6879 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6880 */ 6881 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6882 6883 /** 6884 * DOC: Data path helpers 6885 * 6886 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6887 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6888 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6889 */ 6890 6891 /** 6892 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6893 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6894 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6895 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6896 * @addr: the device MAC address 6897 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6898 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6899 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6900 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6901 */ 6902 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6903 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6904 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6905 6906 /** 6907 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6908 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6909 * @addr: the device MAC address 6910 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6911 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6912 */ 6913 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6914 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6915 { 6916 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6917 } 6918 6919 /** 6920 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6921 * 6922 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6923 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6924 * mesh control field. 6925 * 6926 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6927 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6928 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6929 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6930 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6931 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6932 */ 6933 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6934 6935 /** 6936 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6937 * 6938 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6939 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6940 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6941 * 6942 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6943 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6944 * initialized by the caller. 6945 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6946 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6947 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6948 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6949 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6950 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6951 */ 6952 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6953 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6954 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6955 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6956 u8 mesh_control); 6957 6958 /** 6959 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6960 * 6961 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6962 * protocol. 6963 * 6964 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6965 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6966 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6967 */ 6968 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6969 6970 /** 6971 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6972 * 6973 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6974 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6975 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6976 * 6977 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6978 * 6979 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6980 */ 6981 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6982 6983 /** 6984 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6985 * @skb: the data frame 6986 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6987 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6988 */ 6989 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6990 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6991 6992 /** 6993 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6994 * 6995 * @eid: element ID 6996 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6997 * @len: length of data 6998 * @match: byte array to match 6999 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7000 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 7001 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 7002 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 7003 * the data portion instead. 7004 * 7005 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7006 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7007 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7008 * requested element struct. 7009 * 7010 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7011 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7012 * byte array to match. 7013 */ 7014 const struct element * 7015 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7016 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7017 unsigned int match_offset); 7018 7019 /** 7020 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 7021 * 7022 * @eid: element ID 7023 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7024 * @len: length of data 7025 * @match: byte array to match 7026 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7027 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 7028 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 7029 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 7030 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 7031 * the second byte is the IE length. 7032 * 7033 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7034 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7035 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 7036 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7037 * element ID. 7038 * 7039 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7040 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7041 * byte array to match. 7042 */ 7043 static inline const u8 * 7044 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7045 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7046 unsigned int match_offset) 7047 { 7048 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 7049 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 7050 */ 7051 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 7052 (!match_len && match_offset))) 7053 return NULL; 7054 7055 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 7056 match, match_len, 7057 match_offset ? 7058 match_offset - 2 : 0); 7059 } 7060 7061 /** 7062 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 7063 * 7064 * @eid: element ID 7065 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7066 * @len: length of data 7067 * 7068 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7069 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7070 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7071 * requested element struct. 7072 * 7073 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7074 * having to fit into the given data. 7075 */ 7076 static inline const struct element * 7077 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7078 { 7079 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7080 } 7081 7082 /** 7083 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 7084 * 7085 * @eid: element ID 7086 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7087 * @len: length of data 7088 * 7089 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7090 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7091 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7092 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7093 * 7094 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7095 * having to fit into the given data. 7096 */ 7097 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7098 { 7099 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7100 } 7101 7102 /** 7103 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 7104 * 7105 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7106 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7107 * @len: length of data 7108 * 7109 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7110 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7111 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7112 * requested element struct. 7113 * 7114 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7115 * having to fit into the given data. 7116 */ 7117 static inline const struct element * 7118 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7119 { 7120 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7121 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7122 } 7123 7124 /** 7125 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7126 * 7127 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7128 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7129 * @len: length of data 7130 * 7131 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7132 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7133 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7134 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7135 * 7136 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7137 * having to fit into the given data. 7138 */ 7139 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7140 { 7141 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7142 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7143 } 7144 7145 /** 7146 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7147 * 7148 * @oui: vendor OUI 7149 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7150 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7151 * @len: length of data 7152 * 7153 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7154 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7155 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7156 * 7157 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7158 * the given data. 7159 */ 7160 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7161 const u8 *ies, 7162 unsigned int len); 7163 7164 /** 7165 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7166 * 7167 * @oui: vendor OUI 7168 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7169 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7170 * @len: length of data 7171 * 7172 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7173 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7174 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7175 * element ID. 7176 * 7177 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7178 * the given data. 7179 */ 7180 static inline const u8 * 7181 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7182 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7183 { 7184 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7185 } 7186 7187 /** 7188 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7189 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7190 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7191 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7192 */ 7193 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7194 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7195 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7196 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7197 }; 7198 7199 /** 7200 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7201 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7202 * their entries in 7203 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7204 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7205 * for the return value 7206 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7207 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7208 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7209 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7210 * or elements were malformed.) 7211 */ 7212 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7213 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7214 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7215 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7216 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 7217 void *iter_data); 7218 7219 /** 7220 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 7221 * 7222 * @elem: the element to defragment 7223 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 7224 * @ieslen: length of @ies 7225 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 7226 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 7227 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 7228 * 7229 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 7230 * 7231 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 7232 * skipping all headers. 7233 * 7234 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 7235 * element in-place. 7236 */ 7237 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 7238 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 7239 u8 frag_id); 7240 7241 /** 7242 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 7243 * 7244 * @dev: network device 7245 * @addr: STA MAC address 7246 * 7247 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 7248 * devices upon STA association. 7249 */ 7250 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7251 7252 /** 7253 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 7254 * 7255 * TODO 7256 */ 7257 7258 /** 7259 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 7260 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 7261 * conflicts) 7262 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 7263 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 7264 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 7265 * alpha2. 7266 * 7267 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 7268 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 7269 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 7270 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 7271 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 7272 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 7273 * 7274 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 7275 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 7276 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 7277 * 7278 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7279 * an -ENOMEM. 7280 * 7281 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 7282 */ 7283 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 7284 7285 /** 7286 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 7287 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7288 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7289 * 7290 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 7291 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 7292 * information. 7293 * 7294 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7295 */ 7296 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7297 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7298 7299 /** 7300 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 7301 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7302 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7303 * 7304 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 7305 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 7306 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 7307 * 7308 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7309 */ 7310 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7311 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7312 7313 /** 7314 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 7315 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7316 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 7317 * 7318 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 7319 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 7320 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 7321 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 7322 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 7323 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 7324 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 7325 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 7326 * that called this helper. 7327 */ 7328 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7329 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 7330 7331 /** 7332 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 7333 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 7334 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 7335 * 7336 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 7337 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 7338 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 7339 * and processed already. 7340 * 7341 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 7342 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 7343 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 7344 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 7345 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 7346 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 7347 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 7348 */ 7349 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7350 u32 center_freq); 7351 7352 /** 7353 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 7354 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 7355 * 7356 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 7357 * proper string representation. 7358 * 7359 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 7360 */ 7361 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 7362 7363 /** 7364 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 7365 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 7366 * 7367 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 7368 * 7369 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 7370 */ 7371 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7372 7373 /** 7374 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 7375 * 7376 */ 7377 7378 /** 7379 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 7380 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 7381 * 7382 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 7383 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 7384 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 7385 * 7386 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 7387 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 7388 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 7389 * 7390 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7391 * an -ENODATA. 7392 * 7393 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 7394 */ 7395 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 7396 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 7397 7398 /* 7399 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 7400 * functions and BSS handling helpers 7401 */ 7402 7403 /** 7404 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 7405 * 7406 * @request: the corresponding scan request 7407 * @info: information about the completed scan 7408 */ 7409 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 7410 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 7411 7412 /** 7413 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 7414 * 7415 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 7416 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7417 */ 7418 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7419 7420 /** 7421 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7422 * 7423 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7424 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7425 * 7426 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7427 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7428 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7429 */ 7430 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7431 7432 /** 7433 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7434 * 7435 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7436 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7437 * 7438 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7439 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7440 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7441 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 7442 */ 7443 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7444 7445 /** 7446 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 7447 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7448 * @data: the BSS metadata 7449 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 7450 * @len: length of the management frame 7451 * @gfp: context flags 7452 * 7453 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7454 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7455 * 7456 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7457 * Or %NULL on error. 7458 */ 7459 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7460 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7461 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7462 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7463 gfp_t gfp); 7464 7465 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7466 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7467 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7468 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7469 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7470 { 7471 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7472 .chan = rx_channel, 7473 .signal = signal, 7474 }; 7475 7476 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7477 } 7478 7479 /** 7480 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7481 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7482 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7483 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7484 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7485 */ 7486 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7487 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7488 { 7489 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7490 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7491 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7492 7493 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7494 7495 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7496 7497 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7498 } 7499 7500 /** 7501 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7502 * @element: element to check 7503 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7504 * 7505 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 7506 */ 7507 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7508 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7509 7510 /** 7511 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7512 * @ie: ies 7513 * @ielen: length of IEs 7514 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7515 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7516 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7517 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7518 * 7519 * Return: the number of bytes merged 7520 */ 7521 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7522 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7523 const struct element *sub_elem, 7524 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7525 7526 /** 7527 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7528 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7529 * from a beacon or probe response 7530 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7531 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7532 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 7533 */ 7534 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7535 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7536 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7537 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7538 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 7539 }; 7540 7541 /** 7542 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7543 * @ie: IEs 7544 * @ielen: length of IEs 7545 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7546 * 7547 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7548 */ 7549 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7550 enum nl80211_band band); 7551 7552 /** 7553 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 7554 * @a: first SSID 7555 * @b: second SSID 7556 * 7557 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 7558 */ 7559 static inline bool 7560 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 7561 { 7562 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 7563 return false; 7564 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 7565 return false; 7566 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 7567 } 7568 7569 /** 7570 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7571 * 7572 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7573 * @data: the BSS metadata 7574 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7575 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7576 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7577 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7578 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7579 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7580 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7581 * @gfp: context flags 7582 * 7583 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7584 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7585 * 7586 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7587 * Or %NULL on error. 7588 */ 7589 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7590 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7591 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7592 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7593 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7594 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7595 gfp_t gfp); 7596 7597 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7598 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7599 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7600 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7601 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7602 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7603 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7604 { 7605 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7606 .chan = rx_channel, 7607 .signal = signal, 7608 }; 7609 7610 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7611 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7612 gfp); 7613 } 7614 7615 /** 7616 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7617 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7618 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7619 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7620 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7621 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7622 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7623 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7624 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 7625 * 7626 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7627 */ 7628 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7629 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7630 const u8 *bssid, 7631 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7632 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7633 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 7634 u32 use_for); 7635 7636 /** 7637 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7638 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7639 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7640 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7641 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7642 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7643 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7644 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7645 * 7646 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 7647 * 7648 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7649 */ 7650 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7651 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7652 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7653 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7654 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 7655 { 7656 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 7657 bss_type, privacy, 7658 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 7659 } 7660 7661 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7662 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7663 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7664 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7665 { 7666 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7667 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7668 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7669 } 7670 7671 /** 7672 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7673 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7674 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7675 * 7676 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7677 */ 7678 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7679 7680 /** 7681 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7682 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7683 * @bss: the BSS struct 7684 * 7685 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7686 */ 7687 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7688 7689 /** 7690 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7691 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7692 * @bss: the bss to remove 7693 * 7694 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7695 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7696 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7697 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7698 */ 7699 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7700 7701 /** 7702 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7703 * 7704 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7705 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7706 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7707 * 7708 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7709 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7710 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7711 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7712 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7713 */ 7714 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7715 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7716 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7717 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7718 void *data), 7719 void *iter_data); 7720 7721 /** 7722 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7723 * @dev: network device 7724 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7725 * @len: length of the frame data 7726 * 7727 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7728 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7729 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7730 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7731 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7732 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7733 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7734 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7735 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7736 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7737 * 7738 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7739 */ 7740 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7741 7742 /** 7743 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7744 * @dev: network device 7745 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7746 * 7747 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7748 * mutex. 7749 */ 7750 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7751 7752 /** 7753 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 7754 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7755 * @len: length of the frame data 7756 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7757 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7758 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7759 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7760 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7761 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7762 * non-MLO connections 7763 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 7764 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7765 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7766 * were rejected by the AP. 7767 */ 7768 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 7769 const u8 *buf; 7770 size_t len; 7771 const u8 *req_ies; 7772 size_t req_ies_len; 7773 int uapsd_queues; 7774 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7775 struct { 7776 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7777 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7778 u16 status; 7779 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7780 }; 7781 7782 /** 7783 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7784 * @dev: network device 7785 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 7786 * 7787 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7788 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7789 * 7790 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7791 */ 7792 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7793 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 7794 7795 /** 7796 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7797 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7798 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7799 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7800 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7801 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7802 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7803 */ 7804 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7805 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7806 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7807 bool timeout; 7808 }; 7809 7810 /** 7811 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7812 * @dev: network device 7813 * @data: data describing the association failure 7814 * 7815 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7816 */ 7817 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7818 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7819 7820 /** 7821 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7822 * @dev: network device 7823 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7824 * @len: length of the frame data 7825 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7826 * 7827 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7828 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7829 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7830 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7831 */ 7832 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7833 bool reconnect); 7834 7835 /** 7836 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7837 * @dev: network device 7838 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7839 * @len: length of the frame data 7840 * 7841 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7842 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7843 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7844 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7845 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7846 * 7847 * This function may sleep. 7848 */ 7849 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7850 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7851 7852 /** 7853 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7854 * @dev: network device 7855 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7856 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7857 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7858 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7859 * @gfp: allocation flags 7860 * 7861 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7862 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7863 * primitive. 7864 */ 7865 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7866 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7867 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7868 7869 /** 7870 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7871 * 7872 * @dev: network device 7873 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7874 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7875 * @gfp: allocation flags 7876 * 7877 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7878 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7879 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7880 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7881 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7882 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7883 */ 7884 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7885 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7886 7887 /** 7888 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7889 * candidate 7890 * 7891 * @dev: network device 7892 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7893 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7894 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7895 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7896 * @gfp: allocation flags 7897 * 7898 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7899 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7900 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7901 */ 7902 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7903 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7904 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7905 7906 /** 7907 * DOC: RFkill integration 7908 * 7909 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7910 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7911 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7912 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 7913 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7914 * 7915 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7916 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7917 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7918 */ 7919 7920 /** 7921 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7922 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7923 * @blocked: block status 7924 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7925 */ 7926 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7927 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7928 7929 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7930 { 7931 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7932 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7933 } 7934 7935 /** 7936 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7937 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7938 */ 7939 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7940 7941 /** 7942 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7943 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7944 */ 7945 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7946 { 7947 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7948 } 7949 7950 /** 7951 * DOC: Vendor commands 7952 * 7953 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7954 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7955 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7956 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7957 * the configuration mechanism. 7958 * 7959 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7960 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 7961 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7962 * 7963 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7964 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7965 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7966 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7967 * managers etc. need. 7968 */ 7969 7970 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7971 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7972 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7973 int approxlen); 7974 7975 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7976 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7977 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7978 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7979 unsigned int portid, 7980 int vendor_event_idx, 7981 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7982 7983 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7984 7985 /** 7986 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7987 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7988 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7989 * be put into the skb 7990 * 7991 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7992 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7993 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7994 * 7995 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7996 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7997 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7998 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7999 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8000 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 8001 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 8002 * 8003 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 8004 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 8005 * 8006 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8007 */ 8008 static inline struct sk_buff * 8009 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8010 { 8011 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8012 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 8013 } 8014 8015 /** 8016 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 8017 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8018 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 8019 * 8020 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8021 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 8022 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 8023 * skb regardless of the return value. 8024 * 8025 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8026 */ 8027 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 8028 8029 /** 8030 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 8031 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8032 * 8033 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 8034 * 8035 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 8036 */ 8037 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8038 8039 /** 8040 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 8041 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8042 * @wdev: the wireless device 8043 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8044 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8045 * be put into the skb 8046 * @gfp: allocation flags 8047 * 8048 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8049 * vendor-specific multicast group. 8050 * 8051 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8052 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8053 * attribute. 8054 * 8055 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8056 * skb to send the event. 8057 * 8058 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8059 */ 8060 static inline struct sk_buff * 8061 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8062 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8063 { 8064 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8065 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8066 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8067 } 8068 8069 /** 8070 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 8071 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8072 * @wdev: the wireless device 8073 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8074 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 8075 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8076 * be put into the skb 8077 * @gfp: allocation flags 8078 * 8079 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 8080 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 8081 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 8082 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 8083 * 8084 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8085 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8086 * attribute. 8087 * 8088 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8089 * skb to send the event. 8090 * 8091 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8092 */ 8093 static inline struct sk_buff * 8094 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8095 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8096 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 8097 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8098 { 8099 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8100 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8101 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8102 } 8103 8104 /** 8105 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8106 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8107 * @gfp: allocation flags 8108 * 8109 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8110 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8111 */ 8112 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8113 { 8114 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8115 } 8116 8117 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8118 /** 8119 * DOC: Test mode 8120 * 8121 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8122 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8123 * factory programming. 8124 * 8125 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8126 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8127 */ 8128 8129 /** 8130 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8131 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8132 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8133 * be put into the skb 8134 * 8135 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8136 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8137 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8138 * 8139 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8140 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8141 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8142 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8143 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8144 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8145 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8146 * 8147 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8148 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8149 * 8150 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8151 */ 8152 static inline struct sk_buff * 8153 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8154 { 8155 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8156 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8157 } 8158 8159 /** 8160 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8161 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8162 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8163 * 8164 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8165 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8166 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8167 * regardless of the return value. 8168 * 8169 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8170 */ 8171 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8172 { 8173 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8174 } 8175 8176 /** 8177 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8178 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8179 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8180 * be put into the skb 8181 * @gfp: allocation flags 8182 * 8183 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8184 * testmode multicast group. 8185 * 8186 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8187 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8188 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8189 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8190 * in any other way. 8191 * 8192 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8193 * skb to send the event. 8194 * 8195 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8196 */ 8197 static inline struct sk_buff * 8198 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8199 { 8200 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8201 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8202 approxlen, gfp); 8203 } 8204 8205 /** 8206 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8207 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8208 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8209 * @gfp: allocation flags 8210 * 8211 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8212 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8213 * consumes it. 8214 */ 8215 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8216 { 8217 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8218 } 8219 8220 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 8221 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 8222 #else 8223 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 8224 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 8225 #endif 8226 8227 /** 8228 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 8229 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 8230 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 8231 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 8232 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 8233 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 8234 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 8235 * status for a FILS connection. 8236 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8237 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 8238 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 8239 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8240 */ 8241 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 8242 const u8 *kek; 8243 size_t kek_len; 8244 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 8245 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 8246 const u8 *pmk; 8247 size_t pmk_len; 8248 const u8 *pmkid; 8249 }; 8250 8251 /** 8252 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 8253 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8254 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8255 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8256 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8257 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8258 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8259 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8260 * case. 8261 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 8262 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 8263 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8264 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 8265 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 8266 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8267 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8268 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8269 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8270 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8271 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8272 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 8273 * zero. 8274 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8275 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 8276 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 8277 * connected AP info. 8278 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 8279 * %NULL. 8280 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 8281 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 8282 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 8283 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 8284 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 8285 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 8286 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 8287 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 8288 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 8289 * to be specified. 8290 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 8291 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 8292 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 8293 */ 8294 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 8295 int status; 8296 const u8 *req_ie; 8297 size_t req_ie_len; 8298 const u8 *resp_ie; 8299 size_t resp_ie_len; 8300 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8301 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 8302 8303 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8304 u16 valid_links; 8305 struct { 8306 const u8 *addr; 8307 const u8 *bssid; 8308 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8309 u16 status; 8310 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8311 }; 8312 8313 /** 8314 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8315 * 8316 * @dev: network device 8317 * @params: connection response parameters 8318 * @gfp: allocation flags 8319 * 8320 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8321 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8322 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 8323 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 8324 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 8325 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8326 */ 8327 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 8328 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 8329 gfp_t gfp); 8330 8331 /** 8332 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8333 * 8334 * @dev: network device 8335 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8336 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 8337 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 8338 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 8339 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 8340 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 8341 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 8342 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8343 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8344 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8345 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8346 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8347 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8348 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8349 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8350 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8351 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8352 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8353 * case. 8354 * @gfp: allocation flags 8355 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8356 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8357 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8358 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8359 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8360 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8361 * 8362 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8363 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8364 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 8365 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 8366 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8367 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8368 */ 8369 static inline void 8370 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8371 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 8372 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 8373 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 8374 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8375 { 8376 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 8377 8378 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 8379 params.status = status; 8380 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 8381 params.links[0].bss = bss; 8382 params.req_ie = req_ie; 8383 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 8384 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 8385 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 8386 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 8387 8388 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 8389 } 8390 8391 /** 8392 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8393 * 8394 * @dev: network device 8395 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8396 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8397 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8398 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8399 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8400 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8401 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8402 * the real status code for failures. 8403 * @gfp: allocation flags 8404 * 8405 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8406 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8407 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 8408 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8409 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8410 */ 8411 static inline void 8412 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8413 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 8414 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 8415 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 8416 { 8417 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 8418 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 8419 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 8420 } 8421 8422 /** 8423 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 8424 * 8425 * @dev: network device 8426 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8427 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8428 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8429 * @gfp: allocation flags 8430 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 8431 * 8432 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 8433 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 8434 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 8435 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 8436 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 8437 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8438 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8439 */ 8440 static inline void 8441 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8442 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 8443 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8444 { 8445 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 8446 gfp, timeout_reason); 8447 } 8448 8449 /** 8450 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 8451 * 8452 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8453 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8454 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8455 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8456 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 8457 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 8458 * Otherwise zero. 8459 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8460 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 8461 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 8462 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 8463 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 8464 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 8465 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 8466 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 8467 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 8468 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 8469 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 8470 */ 8471 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 8472 const u8 *req_ie; 8473 size_t req_ie_len; 8474 const u8 *resp_ie; 8475 size_t resp_ie_len; 8476 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8477 8478 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8479 u16 valid_links; 8480 struct { 8481 const u8 *addr; 8482 const u8 *bssid; 8483 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8484 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8485 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8486 }; 8487 8488 /** 8489 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8490 * 8491 * @dev: network device 8492 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8493 * @gfp: allocation flags 8494 * 8495 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8496 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8497 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8498 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8499 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8500 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8501 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8502 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8503 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8504 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8505 */ 8506 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8507 gfp_t gfp); 8508 8509 /** 8510 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8511 * 8512 * @dev: network device 8513 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 8514 * in case of AP/P2P GO 8515 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8516 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8517 * @gfp: allocation flags 8518 * 8519 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8520 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8521 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8522 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8523 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8524 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8525 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 8526 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 8527 * associated STA/GC. 8528 */ 8529 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 8530 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8531 8532 /** 8533 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8534 * 8535 * @dev: network device 8536 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8537 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8538 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8539 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8540 * @gfp: allocation flags 8541 * 8542 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8543 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8544 */ 8545 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8546 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8547 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8548 8549 /** 8550 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8551 * @wdev: wireless device 8552 * @cookie: the request cookie 8553 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8554 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8555 * channel 8556 * @gfp: allocation flags 8557 */ 8558 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8559 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8560 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8561 8562 /** 8563 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8564 * @wdev: wireless device 8565 * @cookie: the request cookie 8566 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8567 * @gfp: allocation flags 8568 */ 8569 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8570 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8571 gfp_t gfp); 8572 8573 /** 8574 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8575 * @wdev: wireless device 8576 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8577 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8578 * @gfp: allocation flags 8579 */ 8580 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8581 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8582 8583 /** 8584 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8585 * 8586 * @sinfo: the station information 8587 * @gfp: allocation flags 8588 * 8589 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8590 */ 8591 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8592 8593 /** 8594 * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8595 * 8596 * @link_sinfo: the link station information 8597 * @gfp: allocation flags 8598 * 8599 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8600 */ 8601 int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, 8602 gfp_t gfp); 8603 8604 /** 8605 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8606 * @sinfo: the station information 8607 * 8608 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8609 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8610 * the stack.) 8611 */ 8612 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8613 { 8614 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8615 8616 for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { 8617 if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { 8618 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); 8619 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); 8620 } 8621 } 8622 } 8623 8624 /** 8625 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8626 * 8627 * @dev: the netdev 8628 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8629 * @sinfo: the station information 8630 * @gfp: allocation flags 8631 */ 8632 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8633 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8634 8635 /** 8636 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8637 * @dev: the netdev 8638 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8639 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8640 * @gfp: allocation flags 8641 */ 8642 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8643 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8644 8645 /** 8646 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8647 * 8648 * @dev: the netdev 8649 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8650 * @gfp: allocation flags 8651 */ 8652 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8653 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8654 { 8655 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8656 } 8657 8658 /** 8659 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8660 * 8661 * @dev: the netdev 8662 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8663 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8664 * @gfp: allocation flags 8665 * 8666 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8667 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8668 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8669 * 8670 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8671 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8672 */ 8673 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8674 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8675 gfp_t gfp); 8676 8677 /** 8678 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8679 * 8680 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8681 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8682 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8683 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8684 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8685 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8686 * @len: length of the frame data 8687 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8688 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8689 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8690 */ 8691 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8692 int freq; 8693 int sig_dbm; 8694 bool have_link_id; 8695 u8 link_id; 8696 const u8 *buf; 8697 size_t len; 8698 u32 flags; 8699 u64 rx_tstamp; 8700 u64 ack_tstamp; 8701 }; 8702 8703 /** 8704 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8705 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8706 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8707 * 8708 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8709 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8710 * 8711 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8712 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8713 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8714 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8715 */ 8716 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8717 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8718 8719 /** 8720 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8721 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8722 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8723 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8724 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8725 * @len: length of the frame data 8726 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8727 * 8728 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8729 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8730 * 8731 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8732 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8733 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8734 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8735 */ 8736 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8737 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8738 u32 flags) 8739 { 8740 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8741 .freq = freq, 8742 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8743 .buf = buf, 8744 .len = len, 8745 .flags = flags 8746 }; 8747 8748 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8749 } 8750 8751 /** 8752 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8753 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8754 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8755 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8756 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8757 * @len: length of the frame data 8758 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8759 * 8760 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8761 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8762 * 8763 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8764 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8765 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8766 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8767 */ 8768 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8769 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8770 u32 flags) 8771 { 8772 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8773 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8774 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8775 .buf = buf, 8776 .len = len, 8777 .flags = flags 8778 }; 8779 8780 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8781 } 8782 8783 /** 8784 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8785 * 8786 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8787 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8788 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8789 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8790 * @len: length of the frame data 8791 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8792 */ 8793 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8794 u64 cookie; 8795 u64 tx_tstamp; 8796 u64 ack_tstamp; 8797 const u8 *buf; 8798 size_t len; 8799 bool ack; 8800 }; 8801 8802 /** 8803 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8804 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8805 * @status: TX status data 8806 * @gfp: context flags 8807 * 8808 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8809 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8810 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8811 */ 8812 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8813 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8814 8815 /** 8816 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8817 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8818 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8819 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8820 * @len: length of the frame data 8821 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8822 * @gfp: context flags 8823 * 8824 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8825 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8826 * transmission attempt. 8827 */ 8828 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8829 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8830 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8831 { 8832 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8833 .cookie = cookie, 8834 .buf = buf, 8835 .len = len, 8836 .ack = ack 8837 }; 8838 8839 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8840 } 8841 8842 /** 8843 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8844 * port frames 8845 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8846 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8847 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8848 * @len: length of the frame data 8849 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8850 * @gfp: context flags 8851 * 8852 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8853 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8854 * the transmission attempt. 8855 */ 8856 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8857 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8858 gfp_t gfp); 8859 8860 /** 8861 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8862 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8863 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8864 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8865 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8866 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8867 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8868 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8869 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8870 * 8871 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8872 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8873 * control port frames over nl80211. 8874 * 8875 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8876 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8877 * 8878 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8879 */ 8880 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8881 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8882 8883 /** 8884 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8885 * @dev: network device 8886 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8887 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8888 * @gfp: context flags 8889 * 8890 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8891 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8892 */ 8893 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8894 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8895 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8896 8897 /** 8898 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8899 * @dev: network device 8900 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8901 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8902 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8903 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8904 * @gfp: context flags 8905 */ 8906 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8907 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8908 8909 /** 8910 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8911 * @dev: network device 8912 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8913 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8914 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8915 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8916 * @gfp: context flags 8917 * 8918 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8919 * given interval is exceeded. 8920 */ 8921 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8922 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8923 8924 /** 8925 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8926 * @dev: network device 8927 * @gfp: context flags 8928 * 8929 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8930 */ 8931 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8932 8933 /** 8934 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8935 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8936 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8937 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8938 * @gfp: context flags 8939 * 8940 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8941 */ 8942 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8943 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8944 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8945 8946 static inline void 8947 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8948 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8949 gfp_t gfp) 8950 { 8951 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8952 } 8953 8954 static inline void 8955 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8956 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8957 gfp_t gfp) 8958 { 8959 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8960 } 8961 8962 /** 8963 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8964 * @dev: network device 8965 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8966 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8967 * @gfp: context flags 8968 * 8969 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8970 * frame. 8971 */ 8972 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8973 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8974 gfp_t gfp); 8975 8976 /** 8977 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8978 * @netdev: network device 8979 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8980 * @event: type of event 8981 * @gfp: context flags 8982 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 8983 * 8984 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8985 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8986 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8987 */ 8988 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8989 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8990 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 8991 unsigned int link_id); 8992 8993 /** 8994 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8995 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8996 * 8997 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8998 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8999 */ 9000 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9001 9002 /** 9003 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 9004 * @dev: network device 9005 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 9006 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 9007 * @gfp: allocation flags 9008 */ 9009 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9010 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 9011 9012 /** 9013 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 9014 * @dev: network device 9015 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 9016 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 9017 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 9018 * @gfp: allocation flags 9019 */ 9020 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 9021 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 9022 9023 /** 9024 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 9025 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9026 * @addr: the transmitter address 9027 * @gfp: context flags 9028 * 9029 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9030 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 9031 * sender. 9032 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9033 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9034 */ 9035 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 9036 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 9037 9038 /** 9039 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 9040 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9041 * @addr: the transmitter address 9042 * @gfp: context flags 9043 * 9044 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9045 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 9046 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 9047 * station to avoid event flooding. 9048 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9049 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9050 */ 9051 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 9052 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 9053 9054 /** 9055 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 9056 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 9057 * @addr: the address of the peer 9058 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 9059 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 9060 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 9061 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 9062 * @gfp: allocation flags 9063 */ 9064 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9065 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 9066 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 9067 9068 /** 9069 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 9070 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9071 * @frame: the frame 9072 * @len: length of the frame 9073 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 9074 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9075 * 9076 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9077 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9078 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9079 */ 9080 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 9081 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 9082 9083 /** 9084 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 9085 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9086 * @frame: the frame 9087 * @len: length of the frame 9088 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 9089 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9090 * 9091 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9092 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9093 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9094 */ 9095 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9096 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 9097 int freq, int sig_dbm) 9098 { 9099 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9100 sig_dbm); 9101 } 9102 9103 /** 9104 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 9105 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 9106 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 9107 * interface connected already on the same channel) 9108 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 9109 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 9110 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 9111 */ 9112 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 9113 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 9114 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 9115 bool relax; 9116 }; 9117 9118 /** 9119 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 9120 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9121 * @chandef: the channel definition 9122 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 9123 * 9124 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9125 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9126 */ 9127 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9128 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9129 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9130 9131 /** 9132 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9133 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9134 * @chandef: the channel definition 9135 * @iftype: interface type 9136 * 9137 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9138 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9139 */ 9140 static inline bool 9141 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9142 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9143 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9144 { 9145 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9146 .iftype = iftype, 9147 }; 9148 9149 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9150 } 9151 9152 /** 9153 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9154 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9155 * @chandef: the channel definition 9156 * @iftype: interface type 9157 * 9158 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9159 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9160 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9161 * more permissive conditions. 9162 * 9163 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9164 */ 9165 static inline bool 9166 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9167 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9168 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9169 { 9170 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9171 .iftype = iftype, 9172 .relax = true, 9173 }; 9174 9175 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9176 } 9177 9178 /** 9179 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9180 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9181 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9182 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9183 * 9184 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9185 * driver context! 9186 */ 9187 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9188 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9189 unsigned int link_id); 9190 9191 /** 9192 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9193 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9194 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9195 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9196 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9197 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9198 * 9199 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9200 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9201 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9202 */ 9203 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9204 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9205 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9206 bool quiet); 9207 9208 /** 9209 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 9210 * 9211 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9212 * @band: band pointer to fill 9213 * 9214 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9215 */ 9216 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 9217 enum nl80211_band *band); 9218 9219 /** 9220 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 9221 * 9222 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9223 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 9224 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 9225 * 9226 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9227 */ 9228 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 9229 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9230 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9231 9232 /** 9233 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 9234 * 9235 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9236 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 9237 * 9238 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9239 */ 9240 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9241 u8 *op_class); 9242 9243 /** 9244 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 9245 * 9246 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9247 * 9248 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 9249 */ 9250 static inline u32 9251 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 9252 { 9253 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 9254 } 9255 9256 /** 9257 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 9258 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 9259 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 9260 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 9261 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 9262 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 9263 * @gfp: allocation flags 9264 * 9265 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 9266 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 9267 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 9268 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 9269 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 9270 */ 9271 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9272 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 9273 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 9274 9275 /** 9276 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 9277 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 9278 * 9279 * Return: calculated bitrate 9280 */ 9281 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 9282 9283 /** 9284 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 9285 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 9286 * 9287 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 9288 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 9289 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 9290 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 9291 * is unbound from the driver. 9292 * 9293 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9294 */ 9295 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9296 9297 /** 9298 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 9299 * @dev: the netdev to register 9300 * 9301 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9302 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 9303 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 9304 * instead as well. 9305 * 9306 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9307 * 9308 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9309 */ 9310 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 9311 9312 /** 9313 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 9314 * @dev: the netdev to register 9315 * 9316 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9317 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 9318 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 9319 * usable instead as well. 9320 * 9321 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9322 */ 9323 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 9324 { 9325 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 9326 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 9327 #endif 9328 } 9329 9330 /** 9331 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 9332 * @ies: FT IEs 9333 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 9334 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 9335 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 9336 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 9337 */ 9338 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 9339 const u8 *ies; 9340 size_t ies_len; 9341 const u8 *target_ap; 9342 const u8 *ric_ies; 9343 size_t ric_ies_len; 9344 }; 9345 9346 /** 9347 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 9348 * @netdev: network device 9349 * @ft_event: IE information 9350 */ 9351 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9352 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 9353 9354 /** 9355 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 9356 * @ies: the input IE buffer 9357 * @len: the input length 9358 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 9359 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 9360 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 9361 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 9362 * 9363 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 9364 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 9365 * 9366 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 9367 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 9368 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 9369 */ 9370 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 9371 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 9372 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 9373 9374 /** 9375 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 9376 * @ies: the IE buffer 9377 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9378 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9379 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9380 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9381 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9382 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 9383 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 9384 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9385 * 9386 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9387 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9388 * split. 9389 * 9390 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9391 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9392 * 9393 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9394 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9395 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9396 * 9397 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9398 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9399 * used. 9400 */ 9401 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9402 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 9403 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 9404 size_t offset); 9405 9406 /** 9407 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 9408 * @ies: the IE buffer 9409 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9410 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9411 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9412 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9413 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9414 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9415 * 9416 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9417 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9418 * split. 9419 * 9420 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9421 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9422 * 9423 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9424 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9425 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9426 * 9427 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9428 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9429 * used. 9430 */ 9431 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9432 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 9433 { 9434 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 9435 } 9436 9437 /** 9438 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 9439 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 9440 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 9441 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 9442 * 9443 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 9444 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 9445 * accordingly. 9446 */ 9447 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 9448 9449 /** 9450 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 9451 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 9452 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 9453 * @gfp: allocation flags 9454 * 9455 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 9456 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 9457 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 9458 * else caused the wakeup. 9459 */ 9460 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9461 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 9462 gfp_t gfp); 9463 9464 /** 9465 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 9466 * 9467 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 9468 * @gfp: allocation flags 9469 * 9470 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 9471 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 9472 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 9473 */ 9474 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 9475 9476 /** 9477 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 9478 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9479 * 9480 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 9481 */ 9482 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9483 9484 /** 9485 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 9486 * 9487 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9488 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9489 * 9490 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 9491 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 9492 * the interface combinations. 9493 * 9494 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 9495 */ 9496 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9497 struct iface_combination_params *params); 9498 9499 /** 9500 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 9501 * 9502 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9503 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9504 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 9505 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 9506 * 9507 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 9508 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 9509 * purposes. 9510 * 9511 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9512 */ 9513 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9514 struct iface_combination_params *params, 9515 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 9516 void *data), 9517 void *data); 9518 /** 9519 * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel 9520 * 9521 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9522 * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required 9523 * 9524 * Return: radio index on success or a negative error code 9525 */ 9526 int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9527 const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 9528 9529 9530 /** 9531 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 9532 * 9533 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9534 * @wdev: wireless device 9535 * @gfp: context flags 9536 * 9537 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 9538 * disconnected. 9539 * 9540 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 9541 */ 9542 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9543 gfp_t gfp); 9544 9545 /** 9546 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 9547 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 9548 * 9549 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 9550 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 9551 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 9552 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 9553 * 9554 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 9555 * the driver while the function is running. 9556 */ 9557 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9558 9559 /** 9560 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 9561 * 9562 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9563 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9564 * 9565 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9566 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9567 */ 9568 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9569 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9570 { 9571 u8 *ft_byte; 9572 9573 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9574 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 9575 } 9576 9577 /** 9578 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 9579 * 9580 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9581 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9582 * 9583 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9584 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9585 * 9586 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 9587 */ 9588 static inline bool 9589 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9590 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9591 { 9592 u8 ft_byte; 9593 9594 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9595 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9596 } 9597 9598 /** 9599 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9600 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9601 * 9602 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9603 */ 9604 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9605 9606 /** 9607 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9608 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9609 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9610 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9611 * result. 9612 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9613 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9614 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9615 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9616 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9617 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9618 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9619 */ 9620 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9621 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9622 u8 inst_id; 9623 u8 peer_inst_id; 9624 const u8 *addr; 9625 u8 info_len; 9626 const u8 *info; 9627 u64 cookie; 9628 }; 9629 9630 /** 9631 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9632 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9633 * @match: match notification parameters 9634 * @gfp: allocation flags 9635 * 9636 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9637 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9638 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9639 */ 9640 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9641 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9642 9643 /** 9644 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9645 * 9646 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9647 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9648 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9649 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9650 * @gfp: allocation flags 9651 * 9652 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9653 */ 9654 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9655 u8 inst_id, 9656 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9657 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9658 9659 /* ethtool helper */ 9660 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9661 9662 /** 9663 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9664 * @netdev: network device 9665 * @params: External authentication parameters 9666 * @gfp: allocation flags 9667 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9668 */ 9669 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9670 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9671 gfp_t gfp); 9672 9673 /** 9674 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9675 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9676 * @req: the original measurement request 9677 * @result: the result data 9678 * @gfp: allocation flags 9679 */ 9680 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9681 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9682 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9683 gfp_t gfp); 9684 9685 /** 9686 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9687 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9688 * @req: the original measurement request 9689 * @gfp: allocation flags 9690 * 9691 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9692 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9693 */ 9694 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9695 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9696 gfp_t gfp); 9697 9698 /** 9699 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9700 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9701 * @iftype: interface type 9702 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9703 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9704 * 9705 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9706 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9707 * check_swif is '1'. 9708 * 9709 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 9710 */ 9711 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9712 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9713 9714 9715 /** 9716 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9717 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 9718 * @netdev: network device 9719 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 9720 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9721 * 9722 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9723 */ 9724 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9725 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9726 9727 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9728 9729 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9730 9731 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9732 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9733 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9734 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9735 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9736 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9737 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9738 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9739 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9740 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9741 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9742 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9743 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9744 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9745 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9746 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9747 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9748 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9749 9750 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9751 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9752 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9753 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9754 9755 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9756 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9757 9758 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9759 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9760 9761 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9762 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9763 #else 9764 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9765 ({ \ 9766 if (0) \ 9767 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9768 0; \ 9769 }) 9770 #endif 9771 9772 /* 9773 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9774 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9775 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9776 */ 9777 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9778 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9779 9780 /** 9781 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9782 * @netdev: network device 9783 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9784 * @gfp: allocation flags 9785 */ 9786 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9787 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9788 gfp_t gfp); 9789 9790 /** 9791 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9792 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9793 */ 9794 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9795 9796 /** 9797 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9798 * @dev: network device 9799 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9800 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9801 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9802 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9803 * 9804 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9805 */ 9806 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9807 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9808 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 9809 9810 /** 9811 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9812 * @dev: network device 9813 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9814 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9815 * 9816 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9817 */ 9818 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9819 u64 color_bitmap, 9820 u8 link_id) 9821 { 9822 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9823 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 9824 } 9825 9826 /** 9827 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9828 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9829 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9830 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9831 * 9832 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9833 * 9834 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9835 */ 9836 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9837 u8 count, u8 link_id) 9838 { 9839 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9840 count, 0, link_id); 9841 } 9842 9843 /** 9844 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9845 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9846 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9847 * 9848 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9849 * 9850 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9851 */ 9852 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9853 u8 link_id) 9854 { 9855 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9856 0, 0, link_id); 9857 } 9858 9859 /** 9860 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9861 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9862 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9863 * 9864 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9865 * 9866 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9867 */ 9868 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9869 u8 link_id) 9870 { 9871 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9872 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9873 0, 0, link_id); 9874 } 9875 9876 /** 9877 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9878 * @dev: network device. 9879 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9880 * 9881 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9882 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9883 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9884 * case disconnect instead. 9885 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9886 */ 9887 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9888 9889 /** 9890 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 9891 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 9892 * @len: length of the frame data 9893 * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by 9894 * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request 9895 * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests 9896 * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to 9897 * driver. 9898 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 9899 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 9900 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 9901 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 9902 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 9903 * 9904 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 9905 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 9906 */ 9907 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 9908 const u8 *buf; 9909 size_t len; 9910 bool driver_initiated; 9911 u16 added_links; 9912 struct { 9913 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9914 u8 *addr; 9915 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9916 }; 9917 9918 /** 9919 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 9920 * @dev: network device. 9921 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 9922 * 9923 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 9924 * request to add links to the association is done. 9925 */ 9926 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 9927 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 9928 9929 /** 9930 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 9931 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 9932 * 9933 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 9934 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 9935 * hold anymore. 9936 */ 9937 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9938 9939 /** 9940 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 9941 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 9942 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 9943 */ 9944 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 9945 9946 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 9947 /** 9948 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 9949 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9950 * @file: the file being read 9951 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 9952 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9953 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 9954 * @count: read count 9955 * @ppos: read position 9956 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9957 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 9958 * 9959 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 9960 */ 9961 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9962 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9963 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9964 loff_t *ppos, 9965 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9966 struct file *file, 9967 char *buf, 9968 size_t bufsize, 9969 void *data), 9970 void *data); 9971 9972 /** 9973 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 9974 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9975 * @file: the file being written to 9976 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 9977 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9978 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 9979 * @count: read count 9980 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9981 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 9982 * 9983 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 9984 */ 9985 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9986 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9987 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9988 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9989 struct file *file, 9990 char *buf, 9991 size_t count, 9992 void *data), 9993 void *data); 9994 #endif 9995 9996 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9997